BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

(ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)

ପ୍ରେରଣ ବା ପ୍ରବର୍ତାଇବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ଧାତୁରୁ ଉତ୍ତର ‘ ଶିଚ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗେ। ‘ ଣିଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗିଥୁବା ଧାତୂକୁ ଶିଜନ୍ତ (ଣିଚ୍‌ + ଅନ୍ତ) ଧାତୂ କୁହାଯାଏ । ପଠନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟତି = ପାଠୟତି ହୁଏ, ଏହା ପଢ଼ିବା ଲୋକକୁ ପ୍ରବର୍ଭାଉଥ୍ବା । ଅର୍ଥକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ଏହା ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ପ୍ରବର୍ତାଉଛି ଅର୍ଥାତ୍‌ ପଠିତୁଂ ପ୍ରେୟତି- ଏହି ଅର୍ଥକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ । ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର-

ପଠ୍‌ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) = ତିପ୍‌ = ପଠତି/ (ପଢୁଛି )
ଛାତ୍ରଃ ପଠତି = ଛାତ୍ର ପଢ଼େ / ପଢ଼ୁଛି ।
ପଠ୍‌ + ଣିଚ୍‌ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = ପାଠୟତି । (ପଢ଼ାଉଛି)
ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ଛାତ୍ରାନ୍‌ ପାଠୟତି = ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଛାତ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଢ଼ାଉଛନ୍ତି ।
ଏହିପରି ଗମ୍‌ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = ଗଛତି । (ଯାଉଛି)

ବାଳକଃ ଗଚ୍ଛତି = ପିଲାଟି ଯାଉଛି ।
ଗମ୍‌ + ଣିଚ୍‌ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = ଗମୟତି । (ପଠାଉଛି)
ପିତା ରାମଂ ଗମୟତି = ବାପା ରାମକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ପଠାଉଛନ୍ତି ।

ଏଠାରେ ‘ ପଠତି” ଏବଂ ‘ ଗଚ୍ଛତି” ଦୂଇଟି ସାଧାରଣ କ୍ରିୟା, ‘ଛାତ୍ରଃ” ଏବଂ “ରାମଃ” କର୍ତାରୂପେ ଏହାକୁ ପରିଚାଳନା କରୁଛନ୍ତି । ମାତ୍ର ଂପାଠୟତି” ଏବଂ ‘ ଗମୟତି” ଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟା, କାରଣ ‘ ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ’ ଏବଂ “ପିତା” ନିଜେ ପଠନ ବା ଗମନ କରୁନାହାଁନ୍ତି, କିନ୍ତୁ ପଠନ ବା ଗମନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ ଛାତ୍ର (ଛାତ୍ରମ୍‌) ଏବଂ ରାମ (ରାମମ୍‌)କୁ ପ୍ରେରିତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି । “ ଶିକ୍ଷକ” ପାଠୟତି କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଓ “ପିତା” ଗମୟତି କ୍ରିୟାପଦକୁ ପରିଚାଳିତ କରୁଥ୍‌ବାରୁ ଉଭୟ ହେତୁମାନ୍‌ ପ୍ରୟୋଜକ କର୍ତା ଅଟନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଛାତ୍ର ଓ ରାମ ପଦଦୂଇଟି ପ୍ରୟୋଜ୍ୟ କର୍ଭା ଅଟନ୍ତି। ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଜ୍ୟଠାରେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟା ବିଭକ୍ତି “ ଛାତ୍ରମ୍‌ ଏବଂ “ରାମମ୍‌’ ହୋଇଛି । ଅନ୍ୟ କେତେକ ଉଦାହରଣକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର-

ନୀ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = ନୟତି । (ନେଉଛି)
ବାଳକଃ ଜଳଂ ନୟତି = ପିଲା ପାଣି ନେଉଛି ।
ନୀ + ଣିଚ୍‌ + ଅ(ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = ନାୟୟତି । (ନିଆଯାଉଛି)
ପିତା ବାଳକେନ ଜଳଂ ନାୟୟତି ବାପା ପିଲାଦ୍ଵାରା ପାଣି ନିଆଉଛନ୍ତି ।
କୃ + ଶପ୍‌ + ତିପ୍‌ = କରୋତି । (କରୁଛି)
ସପର୍ଣ୍ଣକାରଃ ହାରଂ କରୋତି = ସୁନାରି ହାର କରୁଛି ।
କୃ + ଣିଚ୍‌ + ଅ (ଶପ୍‌) + ତିପ୍‌ = କାରୟତି । (କରାଉଛି)
ମାତା ସର୍ଣ୍ଵପକାରେଣ ହାରଂ କାରୟତି = ମାଆ ସୁନାରିଦ୍ଵାରା ହାର କରାଉଛନ୍ତି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

ଏଠାରେ ‘ନୟତି” ଏବଂ “କରୋତି” ପଦଦୁୂଇଟି ସାଧାରଣ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ, ତଥା “ ନାୟୟତି? ଏବଂ “ କାରୟତି” ପଦଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ ବା ଣିଜନ୍ତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଅଟନ୍ତି । “ ପିତା’ ଏବଂ “ମାତା” ପ୍ରୟୋଜକ କର୍ତା ଓ ‘ସର୍ଣ୍ଣକାର’ ଏବଂ “ ବାଳକ? ପ୍ରୟୋଜ୍ୟ କର୍ତା ଅଟନ୍ତି। ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଜ୍ୟ କର୍ତାଠାରେ ‘ସର୍ଣ୍ଣକାରେଣ’ ଏବଂ ବାଳକେନ” ହୋଇ ତୃତୀୟା ବିଭକ୍ତିରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ହୋଇଛି ।

ମନେରଖ:
(i) ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଗଠନପାଇଁ ଧାତୁପରେ ‘ଣିଚ୍‌’ ଲାଗେ ଏବଂ ସେଥୁରୁ ଇଂ ଅବଶିଷ୍ ରୁହେ (ଗମି, ପାଠି, କାରି ଓ ନାୟି) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି । ‘ଣିଚ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗିଲେ ଧାତୁର ଅନ୍ତ୍ୟସର ଓ ଉପାଧାର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ( କାରୟତି) ବା ଗୁଣ (ରୋଦୟତି) ହୁଏ ।
(ii) “ଣିଜନ୍ତ” ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରାୟ ଉଭୟପଦୀ (ପାଠୟତି/ ପାଠୟତେ) ହୋଇଥାଏ, ମାତ୍ର ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀର ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଯାଏ ଣିଜନ୍ତ ଧାତୁର ଚୁରାଦିଗଣୀୟ ଧାତୁପରି ରୂପ ହୁଏ | ଯଥା- ପାଠୟତି, ପାଠୟେତ, ପାଠୟତୂ, ଅପାଠୟତ୍‌ ଓ ପାଠୟିଷ୍ୟତି ଆଦି ।
(iii) ପ୍ରୟୋଜ୍ୟ କର୍ଭାଠାରେ ଅର୍ଥ ଅନୁସାରେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ କିମ୍ବା ତୃତୀୟା ବିଭକ୍ତି ହୁଏ। ମାତା ପୁତ୍ରମ୍‌ ଅନ୍ନଂ ଭୋଜୟତି । (ମାଆ ପୁଅକୁ ଭାତ ଖୁଆଉଛି ।) ମାତା ପୁତ୍ରେଣ୍ର ଜଳଂ ନାୟୟତି । (ମଆ ପୁଅଦ୍ଵାରା ପାଣି ନିଆଉଛି ।)
(iv) ପ୍ରୟୋଜକ କର୍ତା ଅନୁସାରେ ଣିଜନ୍ତ କ୍ରିୟାର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ହୁଏ ।

କେତେକ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ ଲଟ୍‌ଲକାର ପ୍ରଥମ ପୁରୁଷ ଏକବଚନରେ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ ରୂପ ନିମ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ହେଉଛି, ଜକ୍ଦଶ କଳ-

ମୂଳଧାତୁ ଅଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପୀ ଅର୍ଥ ଣିଜନ୍ତ ଧାତୂ ଲଟ୍‌ ପ୍ରଥମ ପୁରୁଷ
ଏକବଚନରେ ରୂପ
ଅର୍ଥ
ପଠ୍‌ (ପଢ଼ିବା) ପଠତି ପଢ଼ୁଛି ପାଠି ପାଠୟତି ପଢ଼ାଉଛି
ଗମ୍‌ (ଯିବା) ଗଚ୍ଛତି ଯାଉଛି ଗମି ଗମୟତି ପଠାଇଛି
ଦୃଶ୍‌ (ଦେଖ୍ବା) ପଶ୍ୟତି ଦେଖୁଛି ଦର୍ଶି ଦର୍ଶୟତି ଦେଖାଇଛି
ଭୂ (ହେବା) ଭବତି ହେଉଛି ଭାବି ଭାବୟତି ହେବାକୁ
ପ୍ରେରିତ କରୁଛି
ଅସ୍‌ (ହେବା) ଅସ୍ତି ଅଛି ଭାବି ଭାବୟତି ହେବାକ
ପ୍ରେରିତ କରୁଛି
କୃ (କରିବା) କରୋତି କରୁଛି କାରି କାରୟତି କରାଉଛି
ହସ୍‌ (ହସିବା) ହସତି ହସୁଛି ହାସି ହାସୟତି ହଲାଉଛି
କଡ଼୍‌ (ଖେଳିବା) କ୍ରୀଡ଼ତି ଖେଳୁଛି କ୍ରୀଡ଼ି କ୍ରୀଡ଼ୟତି ଖେଳାଉଛି
ଖେଳ୍‌ (ଖେଳିବା) ଖେଳତି ଖେଳୁଛି ଖେଳି ଖେଳୟତି ଖେଳାଉଛି
ଭ୍ରମ୍‌ (ବୁଲିବା) ଭ୍ରମତି ବୁଲୁଛି ଭ୍ରାମି ଭ୍ରାମୟତି ବୁଲାଉଛି
ଗ୍ରହ୍‌ (ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା) ଗୃହ୍ନାତି ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଛି ଗ୍ରାହି ଗ୍ରାହୟତି ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଉଛି
ହନ୍‌ (ହତ୍ୟାକରିବା) ହନ୍ତି ମାରୁଛି ଘାତି ଘାତୟତି ମାରିବାକୁ ପ୍ରେରଣା
ଦେଉଛି
ମୃ (ମରିବା) ମ୍ରିୟତେ ମରୁଛି ମାରି ମାରୟତି ମାରିବାକୁ ପ୍ରେରଣା ଦେଉଛି
ତପ୍‌ (ତପସ୍ୟା କରିବା) ତପତି ଉତ୍ତାପ ଦେଉଛି ତାପି ତାପୟତି ତତାଉଛି
ଜପ୍‌ (ଜପକରିବା) ଜପତି ଜପୁଛି ଜାପି ଜାପୟତି ଜପକରିବାକୁ
ପ୍ରେରଣା ଦେଉଛି
ପ୍ରଛ୍ (ପଚାରିବା) ପୂଚ୍ଛତି ପଚାରୁଛି ପ୍ରଛି ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛୟତି ପଚାରିବାକୁ
ପ୍ରେରଣା ଦେଉଛି
ଲିଖ୍‌ (ଲେଖ୍ବା) ଲିଖତି ଲେଖୁଛି ଲେଖୁ ଲେଖୟତି ଲେଖାଇଛି
ଶ୍ରୁ (ଶୁଣିବା) ଶୃଣୋତି ଶୁଣୁଛି ଶ୍ରାବି ଶ୍ରାବୟତି ଶୁଣାଉଛି
ମୁଚ୍‌ (ମୁକ୍ାାକରିବା) ମୁଞ୍ଚତି ମୋଚନକରୁଛି ମୋଚି ମୋଚୟତି ଛାଡ଼ିବାକୁ ପ୍ରେରଣା ଦେଉଛି
ଚି (ତୋଳିବା) ଚିନୋତି ତୋଳୁଛି ଚାୟି ଚାୟୟତି ତୋଳାଉଛି
ଖାଦ୍‌ (ଖାଇବା ) ଖାଦତି ଖାଉଛି ଖାଦି ଖାଦୟତି ଖୁଆଉଛି
ଚଳ୍‌ (ଚାଲିବା) ଚଳତି ଚାଲୁଛି ଚାଳି ଚାଳୟତି ଚଳାଉଛି
ପଚ୍‌ (ରାନ୍ଧିବା) ପଚତି ପାକରୁଛି ପାଚି ପାଚୟତି ରନ୍ଧାଉଛି
ବୁଧ୍‌ (ବୁଝିବା) ବୋଧତି ବୁଝୁଛି ବୋଧୁ ବୋଧୟତି ବୁଝାଉଛି
ନୀ (ନେବା) ନୟତି ନେଉଛି ନାୟି ନାୟୟତି ନିଆଉଛି
ପା (ପିଇବା) ପିବତି ପିଉଛି ପାୟି ପାୟୟତି ପିଆଉଛି
ସୃ (ମନେରଖ୍ବା) ସ୍ମରତି ସ୍ମରଣ କରୁଛି ସ୍ମାରି ସ୍ମାରୟତି ମନେ ପକାଉଛି
ଲଭ୍‌ (ପାଇବା) ଲଭତେ ଲାଭକରୁଛି ଲମ୍ଭି ଲମ୍ଭୟତି ଲାଭ କରାଉଛି
ଶୀ (ଶୋଇବା) ଶେତେ ଶୋଇଛି ଶାୟି ଶାୟୟତି ଶୁଆଉଛି
ଜନ୍‌ (ଜନୁକରିବା) ଜାୟତେ ଜନ୍ମହେଉଛି ଜନି ଜନୟତି ଜନ୍ମ କରାଉଛି
ବ୍ଯଥ୍‌ (କଷ୍ଠଦେବ ) ବ୍ୟଥତେ ପୀଡ଼ାହେଉଛି ବ୍ୟଥୁ ବ୍ୟଥୟତି କଷ୍ଟ ଦିଆଉଛି
ରୁଦ୍‌ (କାନ୍ଦିବା) ରୋଦିତି କାନ୍ଦୁଛି ରୋଦି ରୋଦୟତି କନ୍ଦାଉଛି
ନୃତ୍‌ (ନାଚିବା) ନୃତ୍ୟତି ନାଚୁଛି ନର୍ଭି ନର୍ତୟତି ନଚାଉଛି
ବିଦ୍‌ (ଜାଣିବା) ବେଭି ଜାଣୁଛି ବେଦି ବେଦୟତି ଜଣାଉଛି
ହ୍ଵେ (ଡାକିବା) ହ୍ବୟତେ ଡାକୁଛି ହ୍ଵାୟି ହ୍ବାୟୟତି ଡକାଉଛି
ବେ (ବୁଣିବା) ବୟତି ବୁଣୁଛି ବାୟି ବାୟୟତି ବୁଣାଉଛି
ଅଦ୍‌ (ଖାଇବା) ଅଭି ଖାଉଛି ଆଦି ଆଦୟତି ଖୁଆଉଛି
କ୍ରନ୍ଦ୍‌ (କାନ୍ଦିବା) କ୍ରନ୍ଦତି କାନ୍ଦୁଛି କ୍ରନ୍ଦି କ୍ରନ୍ଦୟତି କନ୍ଦାଉଛି
ନଶ୍‌ (ନଷକରିବା) ନଶ୍ଯତି ନଷ୍ଟହେଉଛି ନାଶି ନାଶୟତି ନଷ୍ଟ କରାଉଛି
ବିଶ୍‌ (ପ୍ରବେଶକରିବା) ବିଶତି ପ୍ରବେଶକରୁଛି ବେଶି ବେଶୟତି ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଉଛି
ଭିଦ୍‌ (ଭେଦକରିବା) ଭିନଭି ଭେଦକରୁଛି ଭେଦି ଭେଦୟତି ଭେଦ କରାଉଛି
ଛିଦ୍‌ (ଛିଣାଇବା) ଛିନଭି ଛେଦନକରୁଛି ଛେଦି ଛେଦୟତି ଛେଦନ କରାଉଛି
ଭୁଜ୍‌ (ଭୋଗକରିବା) ଭୁଡ୍‌କ୍ତେ ଖାଉଛି ଭୋଜି ଭୋଜୟତି ଖୁଆଉଛି
ବହ୍‌ (ବୋହିବା ) ବହତି ବହନକରୁଛି ବାହି ବାହୟତି ବୁହାଉଛି
ହୃ (ହରଣ କରିବା) ହରତି ହରଣକରୁଛି ହାରି ହାରୟତି ହରଣ କରାଉଛି
ତୃ (ପାରିହେବା ) ତରତି ତରଣକୁରଛି ତାରି ତାରୟତି ପାରି କରାଉଛି
ତ୍ଯଜ୍‌ (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା) ତ୍ଯଜତି ତ୍ଯାଗକରୁଛି ତ୍ୟାଜି ତ୍ୟାଜୟତି ତ୍ୟାଗ କରାଉଛି
ରୁହ୍‌ (ଚଢ଼ିବା) ରୋହତି ଆରୋହଣକରୁଛି ରୋହି ରୋହୟତି ଚଢ଼ାଇଛି
ରୂହ୍‌ (ଗଜେଇବା ) ରୋହତେ ଗଜାଉଛି ରୋପି ରୋପୟତି ଲଗାଇଛି
ଚର ବଚ୍‌ (କହିବା) ବ୍ରବୀତିଅବ୍ରୁତୋ / ବକ୍ତି କହୁଛି ବାଚି ବାଚୟତି କୁହଇଛି

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

ମନେରଖ: ଉପର୍ଯୁକ୍ତ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର “ ଣିଚ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟସ୍ତ ‘ଇ”ର ଗୁଣ ହୋଇ “ଅୟ୍‌’ରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତର ଘଟିଛି । ଅନ୍ୟ କେତେକ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପରେ ସାମାନ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତନ (‘ପୁକ୍‌’ର ଆଗମ) ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର-

ମୂଳଧାତୁ ଅଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ଅର୍ଥ ଶିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ଲଟ୍‌ ପ୍ରଥମ ପୂରୁଷ
ଏକବଚନରେ ରୂପ
ଅର୍ଥ
ସ୍ତା (ରହିବା) ତିଷ୍ଠତି ରହୁଛି ସ୍ଥରାପି ସ୍ଥାପୟତି ରଖୁଛି
ଦା (ଦେବା) ଦଦାତି ଦେଉଛି ଦାପି ଦାପୟତି ଦିଆଉଛି
ଯା (ଯିବା) ଯାତି ଯାଉଛି ଯାପି ଯାପୟତି ଯିବାକୁ ପ୍ରେରଣା
ଦେଉଛି
ଞ (ଜାଣିବା) ଜାନାତି ଜାଣୁଛି ଜ୍ଞାପି ଜ୍ଞାପୟତି/ ଜଞ୍ଞପୟତି ବତାଉଛି
ଧା (ଧାରଣକରିବା) ସ୍ବାତି ଗାଧୋଉଛି ସ୍ନାପି ସ୍ନାପୟତିୟ/ସ୍ବପୟତି ଗାଧୋଇ ଦେଉଛି
ମା (ମାନନିର୍ଵଧୀାରଣ କରିବା) ମାତି ମାନନିର୍ଦାରଣ କରୁଛି ମାପି ମାପୟତି ମପାଉଛି
କୀ (କିଣିବା) କ୍ରୀଣାତି କିଣୁଛି କ୍ରାପି କ୍ରାପୟତି କିଣାଉଛି

କେତେକ ଉପସର୍ଗଯୁକ୍ତ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର-

ଭପସର୍ଗଯୁକ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ଅଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ଅର୍ଥ ଶିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ଲଟ୍‌ ପ୍ରଥମପୂରୂଷ
ଏକ ବଚନରେ ରୂପ
ଅର୍ଥ
ଆ-ଗମ୍‌ (ଆସିବା) ଆଗଛବତି ଆସୁଛି ଆଗାମି ଆଗମୟତି ଅଣାଉଛି
ପରି-ଧା (ପରିଧ୍ୟାନ କରିବା) ପରିଦଧାତି ପିନ୍ଧୁଛି ପରିଧାପି ପରିଧାପୟତି ପିନ୍ଧାଉଛି
ଅଧଂ-ଇ (ପଢ଼ିବା) ଅଧ୍ୟେତି ପଢ଼ୁଛି ଅଧ୍ଯାପି ଅଧ୍ଯାପୟତି ପଢ଼ାଉଛି
ପ୍ର-ଆପ୍‌ ( ପାଇବା ) ପ୍ରାପ୍ନୋତି ପାଉଛି ପ୍ରାପି ପ୍ରାପୟତି ପହଁଞ୍ଚାଉଛି
ସମ୍‌-ଗ୍ରହ୍‌ (ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିବା) ସଂଗୃହ୍ମାତି ସଂଗ୍ରହକରୁଛି ସଂଗ୍ରାହି ସଂଗ୍ରାହୟତି ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଉଛି

ଣିଜନ୍ତ ଧାତୁର ଆତ୍ମନେପଦୀ ରୂପ ସେବ୍‌ ଧାତୁପରି ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଯଥା- ପାଠୟତେ, ପାଠୟେତ, ପାଠୟତାମ୍‌, ଅପାଠୟତ, ପାଠୟିଷ୍ୟତେ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

କେତେକ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ ଅର୍ଥଗତ ପରିବର୍ଭନ ସହିତ ବିକଳ୍ପରୂପେ ମଧ୍ଯ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ନିମ୍ନସ୍ଫ ଉଦାହରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ ଜଳ-
(i) ଚଳ ଧାତୁ ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ ଉଭୟ ଚଳି ଓ ଚାଳି ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
(ii) ପବନଃ ଲତାଂ ଚଳୟତି – ପବନ ଲତାକୁ ହଲାଉଛି ।
(iii) ମୁଖ୍ୟମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ରାଜ୍ୟଂ ଚାଳୟତି – ମୁଖ୍ୟମନ୍ତ୍ରୀ ରାଜ୍ୟ ଚଳାଉଛନ୍ତି ।
(iv) ଅଶ୍ଵପାଳଃ ଅଶ୍ଵଂ ଚାଳୟତି – ଅଶ୍ଵପାଳକ ଅଶ୍ଵକୁ ଚଳାଉଛି ।
(v) ଏହିପରି- ସର୍ପଃ ଜନାନ୍‌ ଭୀଷୟତେ । ସାପ ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଡରାଉଛି ।
ମାତା କୁଞ୍ଚୁକୟା ବାଳଂ ଭାୟୟତି – ମା” ଚାବି ଦେଖାଇ ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ଡରାଉଛନ୍ତି । ( କୁଞ୍କା- ସାପପରି ଏକ ବିଷହୀନ ଜଳଜୀବ)

ମନେରଖ: “ଚାବି” ଏବଂ “କୋଚିଆ କର୍ତା ନିଜେ ଭୟର କାରଣ ହେଲେ ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ “ଭୀଷୟତେ” ରୂପ ହୁଏ, ମାତ୍ର କର୍ତା ରା ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ଵାରା ଭୟଜାତ କରାଇଲେ “ ଭାୟୟତି” ରୂପ ହୁଏ ।
(i) ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ତପଃ ସେଧୟତି – ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ତପଃ ସାଧନ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।
(ii) ପାଚକଃ ଅନ୍ନଂ ସାଧୟତି – ରୋଷେୟା ଭାତ ରାନ୍ଧୁଛି ।

ମନେରଖ: ପରଲୋକ ପାଇଁ କର୍ମସାଧନ ହେଲେ ‘ସିଧ୍‌’ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ *ସେଧୟତି” ଓ ଇହଲୋକପାଇଁ କର୍ମସାଧନରେ ସାଧୟତି ରୂପ ହୁଏ ।
ଲକ୍ଷ ଜଳ-
(i) ବ୍ୟାଧଃ ମୃଗାନ୍‌ ରଜୟତି – ଶିକାରୀ ମୃଗମାନଙ୍କୁ ମାରୁଛି ।
(ii) ରଜକଃ ବସ୍ତ୍ରଂ ରଞ୍ଜୟତି – ଧୋବା ଲୁଗା ରଙ୍ଗ କରୁଛି ।
(iii) ଗାୟକଃ ଜନାନ୍‌ ରଞ୍ଜୟତି – ଗାୟକ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ମନୋରଞ୍ଜନ କରୁଛି ।

ମନେରଖ: ଶିକାର କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ରନ୍‌ଜ୍‌ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ ରଜୟତି ଓ ରଙ୍ଗ କରିବା ତଥା ମନୋରଞ୍ଜନ କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ରଞ୍ଜୟତି ରୂପ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
(i) ଏୀନ୍ଦ୍ରଜାଲିକଃ ଜନାନ୍‌ ବିସ୍ମାପୟତେ ।
ଯାଦୁକର ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ବିସ୍ମିତ କରୁଛି ।
(ii) ଏୀନ୍ଦ୍ରଜାଲିକଃ ପୁତ୍ତଳିକୟା ଜନାନ୍‌ ବିସ୍ମାୟୟତି ।
ଯାଦୁକର କଣ୍ଢେଇଦ୍ଵାରା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ବିସ୍ମିତ କରୁଛି ।

ମନେରଖ: କର୍ତା ନିଜେ ବିସ୍ମୟର କାରଣ ହେଲେ ବି-ସ୍ମି ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ “ ବିସ୍ମାପୟତେ” ରୂପ ହୁଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବାରା ବିସ୍କ୍‌ୟ ଜାତ କରାଇଲେ ‘ବିସ୍ମାୟୟତି’ ରୂପ ହୁଏ । ଏହିପରି-
(i) ବାଳକଃ ଗୀତଂ ନିଶମୟତି – ବାଳକ ଗୀତ ଶୁଣୁଛି ।
(ii) ବାଳିକା ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ନିଶାମୟତି – ବାଳିକା ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରକୁ ଦେଖୁଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

ମନେରଖ: ଶୁଣିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ନି – ଶମ୍‌ ଧାତୁର ଣିଜନ୍ତରେ ନିଶମୟତି ଓ ଦେଖ୍ବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘ନିଶାମୟତି’ ରୂପ ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଣିଜନ୍ତ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ହୋଇଥୁଲେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଚୂରାଦିଗଣୀୟ ଧାତୁପରି ସାଧାରଣ କ୍ରିୟାରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।

କେତେକ ସାଧାରଣ ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ଧାତୁର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଲକାରେ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ ଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଗଲା।-

ଧାତୂ ଲଟ୍‌ ଲଙ୍‌ ବିଧଲିଙ୍ ଲୋଟ୍‌ ଲୁଟ୍‌
ପଠ୍‌ (ପଢ଼ିବା) ପାଠୟତି ଅପାଠୟତ୍‌ ପାଠୟେତ୍‌ ପାଠୟତୁ ପାଠୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଗମ୍‌ (ଯିବା) ଗମୟତି ଅଗମୟତ୍‌ ଗମୟେତ୍‌ ଗମୟତୁ ଗମୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଦୃଶ୍‌ (ଦେଖ୍ବା) ଦର୍ଶୟତି ଅଦର୍ଶୟତ୍ ଦର୍ଶୟେତ୍‌ ଦର୍ଶୟତୁ ଦର୍ଶୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ପା (ପିଇବା) ପାୟୟତି ଅପାୟୟତ୍‌ ପାୟୟେତ୍‌ ପାୟୟତୁ ପାୟୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ସ୍ଥା (ରହିବା) ସ୍ଥାପୟତି ଅସ୍ତ୍ରାପୟତ୍‌ ସ୍ଥାପୟେତ୍‌ ସ୍ତ୍ରାପୟତୁ ସ୍ଥାପୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ନୀ (ନେବା) ନାୟୟତି ଅନାୟୟତ୍ ନାୟୟେତ୍‌ ନାୟୟତୁ ନାୟୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଭୂ (ହେବା) ଭାବୟତି ଅଭାବୟତ୍‌ ଭାବୟେତ୍‌ ଭାବୟତୁ ଭାବୟିଷ୍ୟତି
କୃ (କରିବା) କାରୟତି ଅକାରୟତ୍‌ କାରୟେତ୍‌ କାରୟତୁ କାରୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଦା (ଦେବା) ଦାପୟତି ଅଦାପୟତ୍‌ ଦାପୟେତ୍‌ ଦାପୟତୁ ଦାପୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଜ୍ଞା (ଜାଣିବା) ଜ୍ଞାପୟତି ଅଜ୍ଞାପୟତ୍‌ ଜ୍ଞାପୟେତ୍‌ ଜ୍ଞାପୟତୁ ଜ୍ଞାପୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଶ୍ରୁ(ଶୁଣିବା) ଶ୍ରାବୟତି ଅଶ୍ରାବୟତ୍‌ ଶ୍ରାବୟେତ୍‌ ଶ୍ରାବୟତୁ ଶ୍ରାବୟିଷ୍ୟତି
(ହନ୍‌୍‌ହତ୍ୟା କରିବା) ଘାତୟତି ଅଘାତୟତ୍‌ ଘାତୟେତ୍‌ ଘାତୟତୁ ଘାତୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଗ୍ରହ୍‌ (ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବା) ଗ୍ରାହୟତି ଅଗ୍ରାହୟତ୍‌ ଗ୍ରାହୟେତ୍ ଗ୍ରାହୟତୁ ଗ୍ରାହୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ପ୍ରୀ (ପ୍ରୀତହେବା) ପ୍ରୀଣୟତି ଅପ୍ରୀଣୟତ୍‌ ପ୍ରୀଣୟେତ୍‌ ପ୍ରୀଣୟତୁ ପ୍ରୀଣୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ପତ୍‌ (ପଡ଼ିବା) ପାତୟତି ଅପାତୟତ୍‌ ପାତୟେତ୍‌ ପାତୟତୁ ପାତୟିଷ୍ୟତି
‌ଲଭ୍‌ (ପାଇବା) ଲମ୍ଭୟତି ଅଲମ୍ଭୟତ୍‌ ଲମ୍ଭୟତ୍‌ ଲମ୍ଭୟତୁ ଲମ୍ଭୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଶୀ (ଶୋଇବା ) ଶାୟୟତି ଅଶାୟୟତ୍‌ ଶାୟୟେତ୍‌ ଶାୟୟତୁ ଶାୟୟିଷ୍ୟତି
ଭୁଜ୍‌ (ଭୋଗକରିବା) ଭୋଜୟତି ଅଭୋଜୟତ୍‌ ଭୋଜୟେତ୍ ଭୋଜୟତୁ ଭୋଜୟିଷ୍ଯତି

ଅଭ୍ୟାସ:

୧। ସଂସ୍କୃତଭାଷୟା ଅନୁବାଦଂ କୂରୂତ। (ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଭାଷାରେ ଅନୁବାଦ କର)
(କ) ମାଆ ଝିଅକୁ ଶେଯରେ ଶୁଆଉଛନ୍ତି।
Answer:
ମାତା କନ୍ୟାଂ ଶଯ୍ୟାୟାଂ ଶାୟୟତି ।

(ଖ) ବାପା ପୁଅକୁ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ଦେଖାଇବେ ।
Answer:
ପିତା ପୁତ୍ରଂ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଂ ଦର୍ଶୟିଷ୍ୟତି ।

(ଗ) ମୁଁ ତୁମଦ୍ଵାରା ଫୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତୋଳାଇବି ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ତ୍ଵୟା ପୁଷ୍ପାଣି ଚାୟୟିଷ୍ୟାମି ।

(ଘ) ରମା ସୀମାକୁ ନିଦରୁ ଉଠାଉଛି।
Answer:
ରମା ସୀମାଂ ନିଦ୍ରାୟାଃ ଉତ୍‌ଥାପୟତି ।

(ଙ) ମାମୁ ଆମକୁ ଗପ ଶୁଣାଇଲେ।
Answer:
ମାତୁଳଃ ଅସ୍ମାନ୍‌ ଆଖ୍ୟାନମ୍‌ ଅଶ୍ରାବୟତ୍‌ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

(ଚ) ସେମାନେ ତୁମକୁ କାହିଁକି ଡକାଇଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ତେ ତ୍ଵାଂ କଥମ୍‌ ଆହ୍ଵୟନ୍ତି ?

(ଛ) ବାପା ରାମଦ୍ବଵାରା ବହି ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରଖାଉଛନ୍ତି।
Answer:
ପିତା ରାମେଣ ପୁସ୍ତାକାନି ସ୍ଥ୍ରାପୟତି ।

(ଜ) ଗୁରୁମା ତୁମୂକୁ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ପଢ଼ାଇବା ଉଚିତ ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷିକା ତ୍ବାଂ ସାହିତ୍ୟଂ ପାଠୟେତ୍‌ ।

(ଝ) ତୁମକୁ କିଏ ଲୁଗା ପିନ୍ଧାଇଛି ?
Answer:
ତ୍ଵାଂ କଃ ବସ୍ତ୍ରଂ ପରିଧାପୟତି ।

(ଞ) ଆଭ ନାତୁଣୀକୁ ଗାଧୋଇଦେବେ।
Answer:
ମାତାମହୀ ନପ୍ତୀଂ ସ୍ବାପୟିଷ୍ୟତି ।

(ଟ) ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଛାତ୍ରମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ଉତ୍ତର କରାଉଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷାକଃ ଛାତ୍ରୈଃ ଉତ୍ତରଂ କାରୟତି ।

(ଠ) ନରଉ୍ତ୍ରକ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ମନୋରଞ୍ଜନ କରୁଛି।
Answer:
ନର୍ତକଃ ଲୋକାନ୍‌ ରଞ୍ଜୟତି ।

(ଡ) ସରକାର ଜନତାଙ୍କୁ ନିବେଦନ କରୁଛନ୍ତି।
Answer:
ସର୍ବକାରଃ ଜନେଭ୍ୟଃ ନିବେଦୟତି ।

(ଢ) ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ମୂଲିଆଦ୍ଵାରା ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ବୃହାଇଲେ।
Answer:
ଗୋବିନ୍ଦଃ ସେବକେନ ବସ୍ତୂନି ବାହୟତିସ୍ମ ।

(ଣ) ବଡ଼ଭଉଣୀ ସାନଭାଇକୁ ନିୟମସବୁ ବୁଝାଇଦେବା ଉଚିତ।
Answer:
ଅଗ୍ରଜା ଅନୁଜାୟ ନିୟମାନ୍‌ ବୋଧୟେତ୍‌ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

୨। ଅଧୋଲିଖ୍‌ତପଦାନି ବ୍ଯବହୃତ୍ୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତେନ ବାକ୍ଯରଚନଂ କୁରୁତ। (ଅଧାଲିଖତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ବାକ୍ଯରଚନା କର।)
ଅଧ୍ଯାପୟତି, ଭୀଷୟତେ, ରଜୟତି, ଦାପୟାମି, ଶ୍ରାବୟସି, ଅଜ୍ଞାପୟତ୍‌, କରନ୍ଦୟେତ୍‌, ଜାଗରୟତି, ଘାତୟତୁ, ଅରୋଦୟତ୍‌ ।
Answer:
ଅଧ୍ଯାପୟତି = ଅଧ୍ୟାପୟତି ଅଧ୍ୟାପକଃ ।
ଭୀଷୟତେ = ସର୍ପଃ ଜନାନ୍‌ ଭୀଷୟତେ ।
ରଜୟତି    = ରାଜା ବନେ ମୃଗାନ୍‌ ରଜୟତି ।
ଦାପୟାମି  = ଅହଂ ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ ଧନଂ ଦାପୟାମି ।
ଶ୍ରାବୟସି   = ତ୍ବଂ କିଂ ଶ୍ରାବୟସି ।
ଅଜ୍ଞାପୟତ୍‌ = ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷାକଃ ମାମ୍‌ ଅଜ୍ଞାପୟତ୍‌ ।
କ୍ରନ୍ଦୟେତ୍‌  = ସଃ ଶିଶୁଂ କନ୍ଦ୍ରୟେତ୍‌ ।
ଜାଗରୟତି = ମାତା ପୁତ୍ରଂ ଜାଗରୟତି ।
ଘାତୟତୁ    = ବ୍ୟାଧଃ ମୃଗାନ୍‌ ନ ଘାତୟତୁ ।
ଅରୋଦୟତ୍‌ = ଅସୌ ମାମ୍‌ ଅରୋଦୟତ୍‌ ।

୩। ସ୍ତମ୍ଭମେଳନଂ କୁରୁ। (ସ୍ତମ୍ଭମେଳନ କର ।)

‘କ’ ସୃମୃଃ ‘ଖ’ ସୃମୃଃ
ଗୃହ୍ମନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟ ଘ୍ରାପୟନ୍ତି
ଲଭମାନଂ ପ୍ରେରୟମି ଅଦର୍ଶୟତ୍‌
ରୁଦନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟସି ଗାପୟତୁ
ସ୍ନାନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟେତ୍‌ ଗ୍ରାହୟ
ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରୈରୟତ୍‌ ରମୟିଷ୍ୟାମି
କୁର୍ବନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି ଲମ୍ଭୟାମି
ଗାୟନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟତୁ ଚାରୟସି
ଚରନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟସି ରୋଦୟସି
ରମନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟିଷ୍ୟାମି ସ୍ନାପୟେତ୍‌
ଜିଘ୍ରନ୍ତ ପ୍ରେରୟନ୍ତି କାରୟିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି

Answer:

‘କ’ ସୃମୃଃ ‘ଖ’ ସୃମୃଃ
ଗୃହ୍ମନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟ ଗ୍ରାହୟ
ଲଭମାନଂ ପ୍ରେରୟମି ଲମ୍ଭୟାମି
ରୁଦନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟସି ରୋଦୟସି
ସ୍ନାନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟେତ୍‌ ସ୍ନାପୟେତ୍‌
ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରୈରୟତ୍‌ ଅଦର୍ଶୟତ୍‌
କୁର୍ବନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି କାରୟିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି
ଗାୟନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟତୁ ଗାପୟତୁ
ଚରନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟସି ଚାରୟସି
ରମନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟିଷ୍ୟାମି ରମୟିଷ୍ୟାମି
ଜିଘ୍ରନ୍ତ ପ୍ରେରୟନ୍ତି ଘ୍ରାପୟନ୍ତି

୪। ସଂଶୋଧନଂ କୁରୁତ। (ସଂଶୋଧନ କର ।)
(କ) ରଜକଃ ବସ୍ତ୍ରାଣି ରଞ୍ଜୟତି ।
Answer:
ରଜକଃ ବସ୍ତ୍ରାଣି ରଞ୍ଜୟତି ।

(ଖ) ବୀରଃ ଖଡ୍ଗେନ ଶତ୍ରୁନ୍‌ ଭାୟୟତି ।
Answer:
ବୀରଃ ଖଡ୍ଗନ ଶତ୍ରୁନ୍ ଭାୟୟତି।

(ଗ) ଗୁରୁଃ ଶିଷ୍ୟାନ୍‌ ବ୍ୟାକରଣମ୍‌ ଅଧ୍ଯାପୟତି ।
Answer:
ଗୁରୁ ଶିଷ୍ୟାନ୍ ବ୍ୟାକରଣମ୍ ଅଧ୍ୟାପୟତି ।

(ଘ) ନେତା ହସ୍ତଂ ଚଳୟତି ।
Answer:
ନେତା ହସ୍ତୀ ଚଳୟତି।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

(ଙ) ତ୍ବଂ କେନ ଖାତିକାମ୍‌ ଅକ୍ରାପୟଃ ।
Answer:
ଙ କେନ ଖାତିକାମ୍ ଅକ୍ରାପୟଃ ।

(ଚ) ଶିଶ୍ୁଃ ସଂଖ୍ୟାଃ ଗଣୟ ।
Answer:
ଶିଶ୍ୁଃ ସଂଖ୍ୟାଃ ଗଣୟତୁ ।

(ଛ) ଗୃହସ୍ପଃ ଶ୍ରମିକୈଃ କାଷ୍ଠାନି ଛେଦୟତି ।
Answer:
ଗୃହସ୍ଥ ଶ୍ରମିକଃ କାଷ୍ଠାନି ଛେଦୟତି।

(ଜ) ତ୍ବଂ ମାଂ କଥଂ ହାସୟସି ?
Answer:
ବଂ ମାଂ କଣଂ ହାସୟସି ?

(ଝ) ଗାୟକଃ ଛାତ୍ର ଗାପୟତୁ ।
Answer:
ଗାୟକଃ ଛାତ୍ରେଣ ଗାପୟତୁ ।

(ଞ) ଜନାଃ ମାର୍ଗେ ଦୁର୍ଘଟନାଂ ଘଟୟନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଜନଃ ମାର୍ଗେ ଦୁର୍ଘଟନାଂ ଘଟୟନ୍ତି।

୫। ଣିଜନ୍ତରୂପାଣି ଲିଖତ। (ଣିଜନ୍ତରୂପ ଲେଖ)।
ଯଥା – ପଠତି = ପାଠୟତି
Answer:
ଜାୟନ୍ତେ, ଲଭତେ, ଶେରତେ), ଗୃହାାତି, ଅହନ୍‌, ପତ ତୂ, ପୂଜ୍ରାମଃ, ଜୟନ୍ତି, ଜାନାସି, ପଠେୟୁଃ ଜନୟନ୍ତି, ଲମ୍ଭୟତି, ଶାୟୟନ୍ତି, ଗ୍ରାହୟତି, ଅଘାତୟତ୍‌, ପାତୟତୁ, ପ୍ରଚ୍ଛୟାମଃ, ଜାୟୟତି, ଜ୍ଞାପୟସି, ପାଠୟେୟଃୁ ।

୬। ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶାନୁସାରେଣ ଣିଜନ୍ତରୂପାଣି ଲିଖତ। (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ଅନୁସାରେ ଣିଜନ୍ତ ରୂପ ଲେଖ।) ।
କୃ – ବିଧୂଲିଙ୍ରି ଉତ୍ତମ ପୁରୁଷୈକବଚନେ।
Answer:
କାରୟେୟମ୍‌

ସ୍ପଟ – ଲୋଟି ମଧ୍ଯମପୂରୂଷ ବହୁବଚନେ।
Answer:
ସ୍ଥାପୟତ

କ୍ରୀ – ଲଢି ପ୍ରଥମପୂରୂଷ ବହୁବଚନେ।
Answer:
ଆକ୍ରାପୟନ୍‌

ଗୈ – ଲଟି ପ୍ରଥମପୁରୂଷ ବହୁବଚନେ ।
Answer:
ଗାପୟନ୍ତି

ଗ୍ରହ୍‌ – ଲୃଟି ଉତ୍ତମପୁରୂଷ ଦ୍ବିବଚନେ
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାହୟିଷ୍ୟାବଃ

ଛିଦ୍‌ – ଲୂଟି ଉତ୍ତମପୁରୁଷୈକବଚନେ।
Answer:
ଛେଦୟିଷ୍ୟତି

ଭୂଜ୍‌ – ଲୋଟି ପ୍ରଥମପୁରୁଷ ବହୁବଚନ ।
Answer:
ଭୋଜୟନ୍ତି।

୭ । ଅର୍ଥଭେଦଂ କୁରୁତ। (ଅର୍ଥଭେଦ କର।)
ରଜୟତି – ରଞ୍ଜୟତି, ଭୀଷୟତେ – ଭାୟୟତି, ନିଶମୟତି – ନିଶାମୟତ, ସାଧୟତି – ସେଧୟତେ, ଚଳୟତି – ଚ଼ାଳୟତ ।
Answer:
ରଜୟତି – ଶିକାର କରୁଛି ।
ରଞ୍ଜୟତି – ରଙ୍ଗାଉଛି ।
ଭୀଷୟତେ – ନିଜେ ଭୟର କାରଣ ।
ଭାୟୟତି – ଅନ୍ୟଦ୍ଵାରା ଡରାଉଛି ।
ନିଶମୟତି – ଶୁଣୁଛି ।
ନିଶାମୟତି – ଦେଖୁଛି
ସାଧୟତି – ଇହଲୋକ ପାଇଁ ।
ସେଧୟତେ – ପରଲୋକ ପାଇଁ ସାଧନ କରୁଛି ।
ଚଳୟତି – ହଲାଉଛି ।
ଚ଼ାଳୟତି – ଚଳାଉଛି

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 ଣିଜନ୍ତ

୮। ବନ୍ଧନୀମଧ୍ଯାତ୍‌ ଶୁଦ୍ଧମ୍‌ ଉତ୍ତରଂ ନିରୂପୟତ। ବନ୍ଧନୀମଧ୍ଯରୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଉତ୍ତର ନିରୂପଣ କର।)
ଦଦତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟତି – (ଦଦୟତି, ଦାନୟତି, ଦାପୟତି)
Answer:
ଦାପୟତି

ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟ – (ଗଚ୍ଛୟ, ଗାମୟ, ଗମୟ)
Answer:
ଗମୟ

କୁର୍ବନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟସି – (କରୋଷି, କାରୟସି, କର୍ରୟସି)
Answer:
କାରୟସି

କ୍ରୀଣନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରୈରୟତ୍‌ – (ଅକ୍ରାପୟତ୍‌, କ୍ରାପୟତି, କ୍ରେତୟତି)
Answer:
ଅକ୍ରାପୟତ୍‌

ପଠନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟାମି – (ପଠୟାମି, ପାଠୟାମି, ପାଠାୟମି)
Answer:
ପାଠୟାମି

ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟେତ୍‌ – (ଦର୍ଶୟତି, ଦର୍ଶୟେତ୍‌, ପଶେୟତ୍‌)
Answer:
ଦର୍ଶୟେତ୍‌

ଶୃଣ୍ଞନ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରେରୟିଷ୍ୟାମି – (ଶ୍ରାବୟାମି, ଶ୍ରାବୟମି, ଶ୍ରାବୟିଷ୍ଯାମି)
Answer:
ଶ୍ରାବୟିଷ୍ଯାମି

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10 Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

ଅଡୁବାଦଳିୟଥାବଳୀ
୧ । ପ୍ରଥମେ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ପଢ଼ି କର୍ତା, କ୍ରିୟା ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ବିଭକ୍ତିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିବା ଦରକାର।
୨ । ପୁରୁଷ ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯିବ ।
୩ । ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ଲିଙ୍ଗ ବିଭକ୍ତି ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବ ।
୪ । ବାକ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଧାତୁ ଯୋଗେ କେଉଁଠାରେ କେଉଁ ବିଭକ୍ତି ହୁଏ ସ୍ଥିର ରହିବ ।
(ଯଥା- ବିନା, ପତି, ଅନୁଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା; ଦାନ, ଧାର ଯୋଗେ ୪ର୍ଥୀ)
୫ । ଯୁଷ୍ମଦ୍‌, ଅସ୍କଦ୍‌ ଶବ୍ଦର, ୨ୟା, ୪ର୍ଥୀ ଓ ୬ଷ୍ଠ ବିଭଳ୍ତିରେ ବିକଳ୍ପ ରୂପ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଆରମ୍ଭରେ ଏବଂ ସମ୍ବୋଧନ ପଦ ପରେ ରହେ ନାହିଁ ।
(ଯଥା – ତ୍ସ, ବାମ୍‌, ବଃ, ତେ, ମା, ନୌ, ନଃ, ମେ)
୬ । ପାତ୍ର, ସ୍ଫରାନ/ ପ୍ରମାଣ, ଭାଜନ, ଭୂଷଣ, ନିଦାନ, କାରଣ, ଆସ୍ନଦ ପ୍ରଭୂତି ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଶେଷଣ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ଯ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଲିଙ୍ଗରେ କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ । ଏସବୁ ଅଜହଲ୍ଲିଙ୍ଗ। ନଫୁଂସକ ଏକବଚନ ରୂପେ ଏମାନଙ୍କର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ହୁଏ ।
୭ । ଓଡ଼ିଆ ଭାଷାରେ ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ସରଳ ସାଧୁଶବ୍ଦ ( ତତ୍‌ସମଶବ୍ଦ) କୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଅନୁବାଦରେ ଅଗ୍ରାଧ୍କାର ଦେବା ଉଚିତ ।
ଅପ୍ରଚଳିତ, କଷ୍ଟ, ଦୁର୍ବୋଷ ଶବ୍ଦ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଯଥ!ସମାବ କମ୍‌ ହେବା ଦରକାର ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

ସଂସ୍କୃତାନୁବାଦ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ
୧ । ପିଲାମାନେ ସତ କୁହନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବାଳକାଃ ସତା ବଦନ୍ତି

୨ । ସେଠାରେ ବହୁତ ଫୁଲଗଛ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ତତ୍ର ବହବଃ ପୁଷ୍ପବୃକ୍ଷାଃ ସନ୍ତି ।

୩ । ମୁନିମାନେ ଆଶ୍ରମରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ମୁନୟଃ ଆଶ୍ରମେ ସନ୍ତି ।

୪ । ହରିର ସାନ ଭାଇ ଦଶମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପଢ଼ୁଛି ।
Answer:
ହରେଃ ଅନୁଜଃ ଦଶମବର୍ଗେ ପଠତି ।

୫ । ମୃଗଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏଣେତେଣେ ବୁଲୁଛନ୍ତି।
Answer:
ମୃଗାଃ ଇତସ୍ତତଃ ଭ୍ରମନ୍ତି ।

୬ । ହରିଶ୍ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ବୋଲି ଜଣେ ରାଜା ଥିଲେ ।
Answer:
ହରିଶ୍ଚନ୍ଦୁଃ ଇତି ଏକଃ ରାଜା ଆସୀତ୍‌ ।

୭ । ଆପଣମାନଙ୍କ ଘର କେଉଁଠି ?
Answer:
ଭବତାଂ ଗୃହଂ କୁତ୍ର ?

୮ । ସ୍କୁଲ ଲାଇବ୍ରେରୀରେ ପିଲାମାନେ ପଢ଼ନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟସ୍ଯ ପାଠାଗାରେ ବାଳକାଃ ପଠନ୍ତି ।

୯ । ତୁମେ କାଲି କୁଆଡ଼େ ଯିବ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ସଂ ଶ୍ବଃ କୁତ୍ର ଗମିଷ୍ଯସି ?

୧୦ । ମୁଁ କାଲି ଗାଁକୁ ଯାଇଥଲି ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ହ୍ୟଃ ଗ୍ରାମଂ ଗତବାନ୍‌/ ଗତବତୀ ଅଗଚ୍ଛମ୍‌ ।

୧୧ । କାଲି କାମ ଆଜି କର।
Answer:
ଶ୍ଵଃ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଅଦ୍ୟ କୁରୁ ।

୧୨ । ଝିଅଟି କାହାଣୀ ପଢ଼ୁଛି ।
Answer:
ବାଳିକା ଆଖ୍ୟାନଂ ପଠତି ।

୧୩ । ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଲୋକ ମାନେ ଭାତ ଖାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଉତକୁଳୀୟାଃ ଓଦନଂ ଖାଦନ୍ତି ।

୧୪ । ନେତାମାନେ ବର୍ଭମାନ ଗାଁକୁ ବୁଲିବେ ।
Answer:
ନେତାରଃ ଅଧୁନା ପ୍ରତିଗ୍ରାମଂ ଭ୍ରମିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି ।

୧୫ । ମନ୍ଦିର ଚାରିପଟେ ଉଦ୍ୟାନ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ମନ୍ଦିଗଂ ପରିତଃ ଉଦ୍ୟାନମ୍‌ ଅସ୍ତି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୧୬ । ଗାଁ ପାଖରେ ନଦୀ ବହୁଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମଂ ନିକଷା ନଦୀ ବହତି ।

୧୭ । ପିଲାଟି ଶେଯରେ ଶୋଇଛି ।
Answer:
ବାଳକଃ ଶଯ୍ୟାମ୍‌ ଅଧ୍ଶେତେ ।

୧୮ । ଉଲ୍ତମାନେ ସକାଳେ ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟାରେ ମନ୍ଦିର ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଭକ୍ତାଃ ପ୍ରାତଃ ସାୟଂ ଚ ମନ୍ଦିରଂ ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି ।

୧୯ । ବୁଢ଼ା ଲୋକଟି ଏହି ଘରେ ରହୁଛି ।
Answer:
ବୁଦ୍ଧଃ ଅସ୍ମିନ୍‌ ଗୃହେ ତିଷ୍ଠତି ।

୨୦ । ଗରିବ ଲୋକଟି ଘରେ ଉପବାସରେ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ଦରିଦ୍ରଃ ଗୃହେ ଉପବସତି ।

୨୧ । ମା’ ପଛରେ ପିଲାମାନେ ଧାଉଁଥୁଲେ ।
Answer:
ମାତରମ୍‌ ଅନୁ ଶିଶବଃ ଧାବନ୍ତି ସ୍ମ ।

୨୨ । ଗଛର ତଳକୁ ତଳ ଫୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିଏ ଫୁଟିଛି ।
Answer:
ବୃକ୍ଷମ୍‌ ଅଧୋ୍ଷଃ ପୁଷ୍ପାଣି ବିକସନ୍ତି ।

୨୩ । ଗାଁର ସବୁଆଡ଼େ ଅଶାନ୍ତି ଦେଖାଦେଇଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମଂ ସର୍ବତଃ ଅଶାନ୍ତିଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ ।

୨୪ । ନିଜ ଦେଶରେ ରାଜା ପୂଜା ପାଏ ।
Answer:
ସଦେଶେ ପୂଜ୍ୟତେ ରାଜା ।

୨୫ । ବିଦ୍ଵାନ୍‌ ସବୁଠି ପୂଜା ପାଏ ।
Answer:
ବିଦ୍ବାନ୍‌ ସର୍ବତ୍ର ପୂଜ୍ୟତେ ।

୨୬ । ଦେଶର ସବୁଆଡ଼େ ବର୍ତମାନ ବର୍ଷା ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଦେଶଂ ସର୍ବତଃ ଅଧୁନା ବୃଷ୍ଟିଃ ନାସ୍ତି ।

୨୭ । ମୋ ପଛରେ ତୁମେ ଆସ ।
Answer:
ମାମ୍‌ ଅନୁ ତ୍ଵମ୍‌ ଆଗଚ୍ଛ ।

୨୮ । ରୋଗୀଟି ବିଛଣାରେ ଶୋଇଛି ।
Answer:
ରୋଗୀ / ଆତୁରଃ / ରୁଗ୍ଣଃ କଟେ ଶେତେ ।

୨୯ । ମୁଁ ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟା ବେଳେ ସେଠାକୁ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ସାୟଂ କାଳେ ତତ୍ର ଗତବାନ୍‌ / ଗତବତୀ / ଗଢ୍ଛାମି ସ୍ମ ।

୩୦ । ଗୁରୂନିନ୍ଦକକୁ ଧକ୍‌ ।
Answer:
ଗୁରୁନିନ୍ଦକଂ ଧୂକ୍‌ ।

୩୧ । ଆମେ ଏ ବର୍ଷ ପୁରୀ ଯିବୁ ।
Answer:
ବୟମ୍‌ ଏଷମଃ ପୁରୀଂ ଗମିଷ୍ଯାମଃ ।

୩୨ । ତୁମେ କାଲି କୁଆଡ଼େ ଯାଇଥୁଲ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବଂ ହ୍ଯଃ କୁତ୍ର ଅଗଚ୍ଛଃ ଗତବାନ୍‌ ?

୩୩ । ଖେଳ ପଡ଼ିଆ ମଝିରେ ସେମାନେ ଖେଳୁଥଲେ ।
Answer:
କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାଙ୍ଗନମ୍‌ ଅନ୍ତରା ତେ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନ୍ତି ସ୍ମ ।

୩୪ । ପତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗଛରୁ ଝଡ଼ୁଛି ।
Answer:
ପତ୍ରାଣି ବୃକ୍ଷାତ୍‌ ପତନ୍ତି ।

୩୫ । ପରିବେଶ ହିଁ ଜୀବନ ।
Answer:
ପରିବେଶୋ ହି ଜୀବନମ୍‌ ।

୩୬ । ବୃକ୍ଷ ଆମର ବନ୍ଧୁ ।
Answer:
ବୃକ୍ଷଃ ଅସ୍ନାକଂ ବନ୍ଧୁଃ ।

୩୭ । ଏବେ ମୋ ବାପା ଦିଲ୍ଲୀରେ ରହୁଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଅଧୁନା ମମ ପିତା ଦିଲ୍ଲ୍ୟାଂ ତିଷ୍ଠତି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୩୮ । ଘୋଡ଼ାଟି ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଧାଉଁଛି।
Answer:
ଅଶ୍ଵଃ ତୁରଙ୍ଗୁଃ/ ହୟଃ ବେଗେନ ଧାବତି ।

୩୯ । ହାତୀ ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ଚାଲେ ।
Answer:
ଗଜଃ ମନ୍ଦଂ ମନ୍ଦଂ ଗଚତି ।

୪୦ । ସେମାନେ ମାସେ ହେଲା ଭାଗବତ ପଢ଼ୁଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ତେ ମାସଂ ଭାଗବତଂ ପଠନ୍ତି ।

୪୧ । ବୁଢ଼ା ବାପାଙ୍କ ସହିତ ନାତିମାନେ ଗାଁକୁ ଯିବେ ।
Answer:
ପିତାମହେନ ସାକଂ ନପ୍ତାରଃ ଗ୍ରାମଂ ଗମିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି ।

୪୨ । ଅଜାଙ୍କ ସହ ମୁଁ ଢେଙ୍କାନାଳ ଯାଇଥୁଲି ।
Answer:
ମାତାମହେନ ସାକମ୍‌ ଅହଂ ଢ଼େଙ୍କାନାଳମ୍‌ ଅଗଚ୍ଛମ୍‌ ।

୪୩ । ମୋ ବଡ଼ବାପା କଟକରେ ରହୁଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ମମ ଜ୍ୟେଷଠତାତଃ କଟକେ ତିଷ୍ଠତି ।

୪୪ । ମୋ କକା ଗାଁ ସ୍କୁଲରେ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ମମ ପିତୃବ୍ୟଃ/ ଖୁଲ୍ତାତଃ ଗ୍ରାମବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟେ ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ଅନ୍ତି ।

୪୫ । ତୁମ ମାମୁ ଏବେ କେଉଁଠି ଅଛନ୍ତି ?
Answer:
ତବ-ମାତୁଳଃ ଅଧୁନା କୁତ୍ର ଅସ୍ତି ?

୪୬ । ଶିବଦତ୍ତର ସାନ ଭଉଣୀ ନନ୍ଦନକାନରେ ବୁଲୁଛି ।
Answer:
ଶିବଦତ୍ତସ୍ଯ ଅନୁଜା ନନ୍ଦନକାନନେ ଭ୍ରମତି ।

୪୭ । ତାଂର ବଡ଼ ଭଉଣୀ ଆଜି ଏଠାକୁ ଆସିପାରେ ।
Answer:
ତସ୍ୟ ଅଗ୍ରଜା ଅଦ୍ୟ ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଚ୍ଛେତ୍‌ ।

୪୮ । ଆଖୁର ପ୍ରକୃତି ମିଠା ।
Answer:
ଇକ୍ଷୁଃ/ ଇକ୍ଷୁକାଣ୍ଡଃ ପ୍ରକୃତ୍ୟା ମଧୁରଃ ।

୪୯ । ବନବାସୀମାନେ ସଭାବରେ ସରଳ ।
Answer:
ବନବାସିନଃ ସଭାବେନ ସରଳାଃ ।

୫୦ । ମୋ ମା” ଦେବତା ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ମମ ମାତା ଦେବତା ଭବତି।

୫୧ । ସେ ଆମକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଏ ।
Answer:
ସା ଅସ୍ମଭ୍ୟଂ ଖାଦ୍ୟଂ ଦଦାତି ।

୫୨ । ସେ ଜାତିରେ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ସଃ ଜାତ୍ୟା ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣଃ ଭବତି ।

୫୩ । ଲୋକଟିର ନାମ ଦେବୀପ୍ରସନ୍ନ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ଜନଃ ନାମ୍ନା ଦେବୀପ୍ରସନ୍ନ ଭବତି ।

୫୪ । ମୁଁ ଗୋତ୍ରରେ ଭରଦ୍ଵାଜ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ଗୋତ୍ରେଣ ଭରଦ୍ଧାଜଃ ।

୫୫ । ସେମାନେ ଯତ୍ନରେ ଲେଖୁବା ଉଚିତ ।
Answer:
ତେ ଯତ୍ନେନ ଲିଖେୟୁଃ ।

୫୬ । ପାଞ୍ଚ ଟଙ୍କାରେ କଲମଟି କିଣିଲି ।
Answer:
ପଞ୍ଚଭିଃ ମୁଦ୍ରାଭିଃ କଲମଂ କ୍ରୀତବାନ୍‌ ।

୫୭ । ତୁମେ ଦଶଟଙ୍କାରେ ଖଣ୍ଡିଏ ବହି ଆଣ ।
Answer:
ତଂ ଦଶଭିଃ ମୁଦ୍ରାଭିଃ ପୁସ୍ତକମ୍‌ ଆନୟ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୫୮ । ଗ୍ରାମବାସୀମାନେ ସଭାବରେ ଦୟାଳୁ ।
Answer:
ର୍ରାମବାସିନଃ ସଭାବେନ ଦୟାଳବଃ ।

୫୯ । ମୂର୍ଖର ପାଠ କ’ ଣ ଦରକାର ।
Answer:
ମୂର୍ଖସ୍ଯ ପାଠେନ କିମ୍‌/ କଃ ଅର୍ଥଃ ?

୬୦ । ଧନୀ ଲୋକର ଟଙ୍କା କ’ଣ ଦରକାର ?
Answer:
ଧନିକସ୍ଯ ଧନେନ/ ରୂପ୍ଯକେଣ କିମ୍‌ ?

୬୧ । ଲୋକଟି ଶୀତରେ ଥରୁଥ୍ଲା ।
Answer:
ଜନଃ ଶୀତାତ୍‌/ ଶୀତେନ କମ୍ତେ ସ୍ପ ।

୬୨ । ପିଲାଟି ଶୀତରେ ଥରୁଛି ।
Answer:
ବାଳକଃ ଶୀତେନ/ ଶୀତାତ୍‌ କମ୍ପତେ ।

୬୩ । ଆଭ୍‌ ମାସକରେ ଭାଗବତ ପଢ଼ିଲେ ।
Answer:
ମାତାମହୀ ମାସେନ ଭାଗବତମ୍‌ ଅପଠତ୍‌ ।

୬୪ । ଏହିବାଟେ ସେମାନେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଅନେନ ମାର୍ଗେଣ ତେ ଗହନ ।

୬୫ । ମୁଁ ଜାତୀୟତାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ଜାତ୍ୟା ଭାରତୀୟଃ ।

୬୬ । ମୋ ମାମୁ ଏବେ ଆସିଥୁଲେ ।
Answer:
ମମ ମାତୁଳଃ ଅଧୁନା ଆଗଛୁଛତ୍‌ ।

୬୭ । ତୁମେ କେଉଁବାଟେ ଯାଉଛ ।
Answer:
ତଂ କେନ ମାର୍ଗେଣ ଗଚ୍ଛସି ?

୬୮ । ସେହିବାଟେ ଆପଣ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ ।
Answer:
ତେନ ମାର୍ଗେଣ ଭବାନ୍‌ ଗଢ୍ଛତୁ ।

୬୯ । ଗରିବ ଲୋକ ଦୁଃଖରେ ଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଦରିଦ୍ରଃ ଦୁଃଖେନ ତିଷ୍ଠତି ।

୭୦ । ମୁଁ ସମୁଖରେ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ସୁଖେନ/ ସୁଖମ ଅସ୍ଥି ।

୭୧ । ପିଲାମାନେ କ୍ରମରେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବାଳକାଃ କ୍ରମେଣ ଗଛନ୍ତି ।

୭୨ । ପିମ୍ପୁଡ଼ିମାନେ ଧାଡ଼ିରେ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ପିପୀଲିକାଃ ଫକ୍ତ୍ଯା/ ପଙ୍କ୍ତ୍ୟଯା ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତି ।

୭୩ । ମୁଁ ହାତରେ ଖାଏ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ହସ୍ତେନ ଖାଦାମି ।

୭୪ । ବଡ଼ ଭାଇ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ସାନଭାଇ ପାଠ ପଢ଼େ ।
Answer:
ଅଗ୍ରଜେନ ସହ ଅନୁଜଃ ପାଠଂ ପଠତି ।

୭୫ । ବର୍ଷକରେ ମାମୁ ଏଠାକୁ ଆସନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବର୍ଷେଣ ମାତୁଳଃ ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି ।

୭୬ । ତୁମେ କଂଣ ଜାଣିଛ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବଂ କିଂ ଜାନାସି ?

୭୭ । ଘରେ ଚାଭଳ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଗୃହେ ତଣୁଳଃ ନାସ୍ତି ।

୭୮ । ବାପା ଘରେ ନାହାଁନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ପିତା ଗୃହେ ନାସ୍ତି ।

୭୯ । ଗଣେଶ ଶିବଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ।
Answer:
ଗଣେଶଃ ଶିବସ୍ ପୁତ୍ଃ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୮୦ । ମା” ମୋ ଉପରେ ରାଗିଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ମାତା ମହାଂ କରୁଧ୍ପତି ।

୮୧ । ମୋ ବାପା ସଭାବରେ ସରଳ ।
Answer:
ମମ ପିତା ସଭାବେନ ସରଳଃ ।

୮୨ । ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ତୁମକୁ ପୂରସ୍କାର ଦେବେ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ ପୁରସ୍କାରଂ ଦାସ୍ୟତି ।

୮୩ । ଭିକାରିକୁ ସମସ୍ତେ ଭିକ ଦିଅନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଭିକ୍ଷୁକାୟ ସର୍ବେ ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ ଦଦତି ।

୮୪ । ଶିକ୍ଷକ ମୋତେ ପୁରସ୍କାର ଦେବେ ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ମହ୍ଯଂ ପୁରସ୍କାରଂ ଦାସ୍ୟତି ।

୮୫ । ଛୋଟପିଲାକଥା ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କୁ ଭଲ ଲାଗେ ।
Answer:
ଶିଶୁବାକ୍ଯଂ ସର୍ବେଭ୍ୟଃ ରୋଚତେ ।

୮୬ । ବାପା ଯାହା କୁହନ୍ତି ତାହା କରନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ପିତା ଯତ୍‌ ବଦତି ତତ୍‌ କରୋତି ।

୮୭ । ତୁମେ କାହାଠାରୁ ଧାର କରିଛ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବଂ କସ୍ମୈ ଧାରୟସି ?

୮୮ । ମୁଁ କାହାରିଠାରୁ ଧାର କରୁ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ କସ୍ପୈ ନ ଧାରୟାମି ।

୮୯ । ସେ ମୋଠାରୁ ଧାର କରିଛି ।
Answer:
ସଃ ମହ୍ଯଂ ଧାରୟତି ।

୯୦ । ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ମୋତେ ଭର୍ଷ୍ୟା କରେ ।
Answer:
ଗୋବିନ୍ଦଃ ମହ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଭର୍ଷ୍ଯତି ।

୯୧ । ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଭର୍ଷା କରୁନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ତୁଭ” ନ ଭର୍ଷ୍ଯାମି ।

୯୨ । ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦହି ଭଲ ଲାଗେ ।
Answer:
ତେଭ୍ଯଃ ଦଧୂ ରୋଚତେ ।

୯୩ । କୃଷ୍ଣକଥା ଅତି ମଧୁର ।
Answer:
କୃଷ୍କଥା ନିତରାଂ ମଧୁରା ।

୯୪ । ବସନ୍ତରେ କୋଇଲି ରାବେ ।
Answer:
ବସନ୍ତେ କୋକିଳଃ କୂଜତି ।

୯୫ । ତୁମକୁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଣାମ କରୁଛି ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ତ୍ବାଂ ନମାମି/ ନମସ୍କରୋମି ।

୯୬ । ମୋତେ ପଇଡ଼ପାଣି ଭଲ ଲାଗେ ।
Answer:
ମହ୍ଯଂ ନାରୀକେଳଜଳଂ ସଦତେ ।

୯୭ । ଲତାରୁ ଫୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆଣ ।
Answer:
ଲତାୟାଃ ପୁଷାାଣି ଆନୟ ।

୯୮ । ଲତାରେ ଫୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶୋଭା ପାଉଛି ।
Answer:
ଲତାୟାଂ ପୁଷ୍ପାଣି ଶୋଭନ୍ତେ ।

୯୯ । ଚାରିଜଣ ଝିଅ ସେଠାରେ ଖେଳୁଥ୍ଲେ ।
Answer:
ଚତସ୍ସଃ ବାଳିକାଃ ତତ୍ର ଅଖେଳନ୍‌ ।

୧୦୦ । ଦଶରଥଙ୍କର ତିନି ରାଣୀ ଥୁଲେ ।
Answer:
ଦଶରଥସ୍ୟ ତିସ୍ତଃ ରାଜ୍ଞ୍ୟଃ ଆସନ୍‌ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୧୦୧ । ତାଙ୍କର ଚାରି ପୁଅ ଥୂଲେ ।
Answer:
ତସ୍ୟ ଚତ୍ଵାରଃ ପୁତ୍ରାଃ ଆସନ୍‌ ।

୧୦୨ । ସେ ମୋତେ କାହିଁକି ଡରୁଛି ।
Answer:
ସଃ ମତ୍‌ କଥଂ ବିଭେତି ?

୧୦୩ । ତୁମେ ମୋତେ ଡରୁଛ କି ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବଂ ମତ୍‌ ବିଭେଷି କିମ୍‌ ?

୧୦୪ । ମୁଁ ତୁମୁକ ଡରୁ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ତ୍ଵତ୍‌ ନ ବିଭେମି ।

୧୦୫ । ସେମାନେ ବାଘକୁ ଡରନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ତେ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରାତ୍‌ ବିଭ୍ୟତି ।

୧୦୬ । ମାଆକୁ କୃଷ୍ଣ ଲୁଚନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ମାତୁଃ ନିଲୀୟତେ କୃଷ୍ଃ ।

୧୦୭ । ପିଲାଟି ତୁମକୁ ଲୁଚୁଛି ।
Answer:
ଶିଶୁଃ ତ୍ଵତ୍‌ ନିଲୀୟତେ ।

୧୦୮ । ତୂମେ ମୋତେ କାହିଁକି ଲୁଚୁଛ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ଵଂ ମତ୍‌ କଥଂ ନିଲୀୟସେ ?

୧୦୯ । ଗାଁ ବାହାରେ ମଶାଣି ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମାତ୍‌ ବହିଃ ଶ୍ମଶାନମ୍‌ ଅସ୍ତି ।

୧୧୦ । ସ୍କୁଲ ବାହାରେ ପଡ଼ିଆ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟାତ୍‌ ବହିଃ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରମ୍‌ ଅସ୍ତି ।

୧୧୧ । ସେମାନେ କାହାରିକୁ ଡରୁନାହାନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ତେ କସ୍ମାତ୍‌ ନ ବିଭ୍ୟତି ।

୧୧୨ । ମୋତେ ସେମାନେ ଘୃଣା କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ତେ ମତ୍‌ ଜୁଗୁପ୍‌ସନ୍ତେ ।

୧୧୩ । ତୂମେ କାହାକୁ ଘୃଣା କରୁଛ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବଂ କସ୍ମାତ୍‌ ଜୁଗୁପ୍ସସେ ?

୧୧୪ । ପିଲାମାନେ ଖେଳରୁ ନିବୃତ୍ତ ହେଉ ନାହାଁନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବାଳାଃ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନାତ୍‌ ନ ବିରମନ୍ତି ।

୧୧୫ । ପଢ଼ିବା ପରେ ଭୋଜନ କର ।
Answer:
ପଠନାତ୍‌ ପରଂ ଭୋଜନ କୁରୁ ।

୧୧୬ । ମୁଁ ପିଲାଦିନୁ ଆମିଷ ଖାଏ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
ବାଲ୍ଯାତ୍‌ ଅହଂ ନିରାମିଷାଶୀ ।

୧୧୭ । ଆଜିଠାରୁ ସତ କୁହ ।
Answer:
ଅଦ୍ୟ ଆରଭ୍ୟ ସତ୍ୟଂ ବଦ ।

୧୧୮ । କାଲି ଠାରୁ ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ହେବ ।
Answer:
ଶ୍ବଃ ଆରଭ୍ୟ ଅତ୍ର ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତି ।

୧୧୯ । ଦେଶର ଉତ୍ତର ପଟେ କଂଣ ଅଛି ?
Answer:
ଦେଶସ୍ଯ ଉତ୍ତରେଣ କିମ୍‌ ଅସ୍ତି ?

୧୨୦ । ଗାଁର ଦକ୍ଷିଣ ପଟେ ମନ୍ଦିର ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମସ୍ୟ ଦକ୍ଷିଣାତ୍‌ ମନ୍ଦିରମ୍‌ ଅସ୍ତି ।

୧୨୧ । ଘର ବାହାରେ ପିଲାମାନେ ଖେଳିବେ ।
Answer:
ଗୃହାତ୍‌ ବହିଃ ବାଳକାଃ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତି ।

୧୨୨ । ଗାଁ ପାଖରେ ସ୍କୁଲ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମାତ୍‌ ଆରାତ୍‌ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟଃ ଅସ୍ତି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୧୨୩ । ଲୋକଟି ବିପଦରୁ ମୁକୁଳିଲା ।
Answer:
ଜନଃ ବିପଦଃ ମୁକ୍ତଃ ।

୧୨୪ । କିଏ ସ୍କୁଲ ଯିବ ଆସୁ ।
Answer:
କଃ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟଂ ଗମିଷ୍ୟତି ଆଗଚ୍ଛତୁ ।

୧୨୫ । ସେ ତୁମେ ଓ ମୁଁ ନାଟକ ଦେଖୁବା ।
Answer:
ସଃ ତ୍ଵମ୍‌ ଅହଂ ଚ ନାଟକଂ ଦ୍ରକ୍ଷ୍ୟାମଃ ।

୧୨୬ । ତୁମ ବିନା ଦୁଃଖରୁ କିଏ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବ ?
Answer:
ତ୍ବାଂ ବିନା ଦୁଃଖାତ୍‌ କଃ ରକ୍ଷିଷ୍ୟତି ?

୧୨୭ । ଦିନକୁ ତିନିଥର ଆମେ ଖାଉ ।
Answer:
ଦିବସସ୍ୟ ତ୍ରିଃ ବୟଂ ଖାଦାମଃ ।

୧୨୮ । ଦିନକୁ ଦୂଇଥର ବାପା ମନ୍ଦିର ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଦିବସସ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବିଃ ପିତା ମନ୍ଦିରଂ ଯାତି ।

୧୨୯ । ମାସକୁ ସାତଥର ମାନସ ଏଠାକୁଆସେ ।
Answer:
ମାନସଃ ମାସସ୍ୟ ସପ୍ତକୃତ୍ବଃ ଅତ୍ର ଆଗଚ୍ଛତି ।

୧୩୦ । ଶିକ୍ଷକ ମାସକୁ ତିନିଥର ଗାଁକୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ମାସସ୍ୟ ତ୍ରିଃ ଗ୍ରାମ ଗଚଛତି ।

୧୩୧ । ପ୍ରଭୁଦତ୍ତ ମାଂକୁ ମନେ ପକାଉଛି ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରଭୁଦ୍ଃ ମାତୁଃ ସ୍ମରତି ।

୧୩୨ । ଆପଣମାନେ ଦୟା କରି ସଭାସ୍ମଳକୁ ଆସନ୍ତୁ ।
Answer:
ଭବନ୍ତଃ କୃପୟା ସଭାସ୍ଥ୍ଳମ୍‌ ଆଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୁ ।

୧୩୩ । ଛାତ୍ରମାନେ ନମ୍ର ହୁଅନ୍ତୁ ।
Answer:
ଛାତ୍ରାଃ ନମ୍ରାଃ ଭବନ୍ତୁ ।

୧୩୪ । ଗାଁର ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ଦୀପ ଜଳୁଛି ।
Answer:
ଗ୍ରାମଂ ସର୍ବତଃ ଦୀପାଃ ଜ୍ଵଳନ୍ତି ।

୧୩୫ । ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ମିଛ କହୁଛ ?
Answer:
ତୁଂ କଥଂ ମିଥ୍ୟା ବଦସି ?

୧୩୬ । ହେ ଭାଇ ! ତୁମର ମଙ୍ଗଳ ହେଉ।
Answer:
ଭୋ ଭ୍ରାତଃ ! ତବ ମଙ୍ଗଳଂ ଭବତୁ ।

୧୩୭ । ଭୋକିଲା ଲୋକକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
କ୍ଷୁଧାଉଁଁୟ ଖାଦ୍ଯଂ ଦେହି ।

୧୩୮। ଗଛ ତଳେ ଗାଭଟି ଶୋଇଛି ।
Answer:
ବୃକ୍ଷସ୍ୟ ଅଧଃ ଗୌଃ ଶେତେ ।

୧୩୯ । ପିଲାମାନେ ଦିନରେ ପାଞ୍ଚଥର ଦୁଧ ପିଅନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ବାଳକାଃ ଦିବସସ୍ୟ ପଞ୍ଚକୃତ୍ଵଃ ଦୁଗ୍ଂ ପିବନ୍ତି ।

୧୪୦ । ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବେ ଜାଣେ ।
Answer:
ଅହଂ ତ୍ଵାଂ ସମ୍ୟକ୍‌ ଜାନାମି ।

୧୪୧। ରାସ୍ତାର ଦୁଇପଟେ ଗଛଗୁଡ଼ିଏ ଅଛି।
Answer:
ମାର୍ଗମ୍‌ ଉଭୟତଃ ବୃକ୍ଷାଃ ସନି ।

୧୪୨ । ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଉଇଁଲେ ପଦ୍ମ ଫୁଟେ ।
Answer:
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟେ ଉଦିତେ ପଦ୍ମଂ ବିକସତି ।

୧୪୩ ମୁଁ ଚାହୁଁ ଚାହୁଁ କାଉ ପିଠା ନେଇଗଲା ।
Answer:
ମମ ପଶ୍ୟତଃ/ ମୟି ପଶ୍ଯତି କାକଃ ପିଷ୍ଠକମ୍‌ ଅନୟତ୍‌ ।

୧୪୪ । ଅନ୍ଧଟିର ହାତଧରି ମୁଁ ଆଣିଲି ।
Answer:
ଅନ୍ଧଂ କରେ ଧୃତ୍ବା ଅହମ୍‌ ଆନୟମ୍‌ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୧୪୫ । ମୋ ଉପରେ ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ବିରକ୍ତ ?
Answer:
ତୁଂ କଥଂ ମୟି ବିରକ୍ତଃ ?

୧୪୬ । ସାନ ଭାଇକୁ ସ୍ନେହ କର ।
Answer:
ଅନୁଜେ ତ୍ବଂ ସ୍ଵେହଂ କୁରୁ ।

୧୪୭ । ମା’ ମୋତେ ଭଲ ପାଏ ।
Answer:
ମାତା ମଯି ସ୍ବିହ୍ୟତି ।

୧୪୮ । ତିନି ଭୁବନରେ ତୁମେ ରାଜା ହେବାକୁ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।
Answer:
ତ୍ରିଭୁବନସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଭୁତ୍ଵଂ ତ୍ଵୟି ଯୁଜ୍ୟତେ ।

୧୪୯ । ପ୍ରାଣୀମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଣିଷୁ ମନୁଷ୍ଯଃ ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠଃ ।

୧୫୦ । ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କୁ ଭଳ୍ତି କର ।
Answer:
ଗୁରୁଜନେଷୁ ଭକ୍ତିଂ କୁରୁ ।

୧୫୧ । ଜୟଦେବଙ୍କର ଜଗନ୍ନାଥଙ୍କଠାରେ ଭକ୍ତି ଥୁଲା ।
Answer:
ଜୟଦେବସ୍ୟ ଜଗନ୍ନାଥେ ଭକ୍ତିଃ ଆସୀତ୍‌ ।

୧୫୨ । ନନ୍ଦିକାର ମୋ ଠାରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସ ନଥୁଲା ।
Answer:
ନନ୍ଦିକାୟାଃ ମୟି ବିଶ୍ଵାସଃ ନାସୀତ୍‌ ।

୧୫୩ । ମା’ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ସ୍ବେହ କରେ ।
Answer:
ମାତା ସନ୍ତାନେଷୁ ସ୍ବିହ୍ୟତି ।

୧୫୪ । ବାପା ପୁଅକୁ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ପିତା ପୁତ୍ରେ ବିଶ୍ଵସିତି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 ଅନୁବାଦନିୟମାବଳୀ

୧୫୫ । ତୁମେ ମୋତେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁନାହଁ ।
Answer:
ତଂ ମୟି ନ ବିଶ୍ବସିଷି ।

୧୫୬ । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମୋ ଉପରେ ସ୍ନେହ ଅଛି ।
Answer:
ତେଷାଂ ମୟି ସ୍ନେହଃ ଅସ୍ତି ।

୧୫୭ । ହେ ଅଚ୍ୟୁତ ମୋତେ ରକ୍ଷା କର ।
Answer:
ହେ ଅଚ୍ୟୁତ ! ମାଂ ରକ୍ଷ ତ୍ରାହି ଅଚ୍ୟୁତ ।

୧୫୮ । ସଭିଏଁ ପଢ଼ନ୍ତୁ ସଭିଏଁ ବଢ଼ନ୍ତୁ ।
Answer:
ସର୍ବେ ପଠନ୍ତୁ ସମୃତ୍ଧାଃ ସନ୍ତୁ ।

ସାଧାରଣତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ଭାଷାରେ ଲେଖ୍‌ବା ସମୟରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦରୂପ, ଧାତୁରୂପକୁ ଶୁଦ୍ଧଭାବରେ ଲେଖ୍‌ବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ କାରକ ବିଭକ୍ତି ଓ ବିଶେଷଣର ଭ୍ରମାତ୍ମକ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଯୋଗୁଁ ବାକ୍ୟ ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କେତେକ ସାଧାରଣ ଭ୍ରମ ହେଉଥୁବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଆଦର୍ଶ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ହୋଇଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10 Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ସ1 ପଡିୟଯ

ଫୁଲିଙ୍ଗ ଓ କ୍ଲୀବଲିଙ୍ଗ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଯେଉଁସବୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗରେ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ଶନ୍ଦରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ, ସେହି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(i) ବାଳକଃ ଗଣିତଂ କରୋତି ।
(ପିଲାଟି ଗଣିତ କରୁଛି ।)

(ii) ମୂଗଃ ବୃକ୍ଷତଳେ ଶେତେ।
(ହରିଣଟି ଗଛତଳେ ଶୋଇଛି ।)

(iii) ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ପତ୍ରିକାଂ ପଠତି
(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ପତ୍ରିକା ପଢୁଅଛି ।)

(iv) ନେତା ଜନାନ୍‌ ଭାଷତେ
(ନେତା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଭାଷଣ ଦେଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

(v) ବାଳିକା ଗୀତଂ ଗାୟତି ।
(ଝିଅଟି ଗୀତ ଗାଉଛି ।)

(vi) ମୂଗୀ ଜଳଂ ପିବତି।
(ହରିଣୀ ପାଣି ପିଉଛି ।)

(vii) ଶିକ୍ଷିକା ଦୂରଦର୍ଶନଂ ପଶ୍ଯତି ।)
(ଶିକ୍ଷିକା ଦୂରଦର୍ଶନ ଦେଖୁଅଛି ।)

(viii) ନେତ୍ରୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟଂ ଗଛତି ।)
(ନେତ୍ରୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟକୁ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଉପର୍ଯ୍ୟୁକ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର । ବାଳକ ପଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ “ବାଳିକା” ରୂପ ହୋଇଛି। ସେହିପରି ମୃଗର ମୃଗୀ, ଶିକ୍ଷକର ଶିକ୍ଷିକା ଓ ନେତାର ନେତ୍ରୀ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ରୂପ ଅଟେ । ଏହିପରିଭାବରେ ଫୁଂଲିଙ୍ଗବାଚ଼କ ପଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୁପରେ ପରିବର୍ଭନ ପାଇଁ ଫୁଲିଙ୍ଗବାଚ଼କ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର ଟାପ୍‌ ( ଆ), ଡୀପ୍‌, ଡୀଷ୍‌ ( ଭ) , ଆନୀପ୍‌ ( ଆନୀ) ଓ ଉଙ୍‌ ( ଉ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରାଯାଏ । ଯଥା – ମୃଗ + ଡୀପ୍‌ = ମୃଗୀ, ବାଳକ + ଟାପ୍‌ = ବାଳିକା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି। ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ତ “ଟାପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।

ଟାପ୍‌ (ଆ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଅଜ = ଅଜା – ଅଜ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶୁକ = ଶୁକା – ଶୁକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବାଳ = ବାଳା – ବାଳ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଅଶ୍ଵ = ଅଶ୍ଵା – ଅଶ୍ଵ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପ୍ରଥମ = ପ୍ରଥମା – ପ୍ରଥମ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପୂର୍ବ = ପୂର୍ବା – ପୂର୍ବ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶିବ = ଶିବା – ଶିବ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ତୃତୀୟ = ତୃତୀୟା – ତୃତୀୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବସ୍ଥ = ବସ୍ସା – ବସ୍ସ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶିଷ୍ୟ = ଶିଷ୍ୟା – ଶିଷ୍ୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବୀର = ବୀରା – ବୀର + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଅପର = ଅପରା – ଅପର + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବୃଦ୍ଧ = ବୃଦ୍ଧା – ବୃଦ୍ଧ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
କୋକିଳ = କୋଳିକା – କୋକିଳ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଚତୁର = ଚ଼ତୂରା – ଚ଼ତୁର + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସୁତ = ସୁତା – ସୁତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ମୂଷିକ = ମୂଷିକା – ମୂଷିକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ = ଦ୍ବିତୀୟା – ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ + ଟାପ।
ଚ଼ପଳ = ଚପଳା – ଚ଼ପଳ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଛାତ୍ର = ଛାତ୍ରା – ଛାତ୍ର + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
କୃଶ = କୃଶା – କୃଶ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଚ଼ଟକ = ଚ଼ଟକା – ଚ଼ଟକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସମାନ = ସମାନା – ସମାନ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ପାପ = ପାପା – ପାପ + ଟାପ୍‌ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଏହିପରି ଅନ୍ୟ କେତେକ ଉଦାହାରଣକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର –
ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠ = ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠା – ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ = ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠା – ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ବରିଷ୍ଠ = ବରିଷ୍ଠା – ବରିଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ଲଘିଷ୍ଠ = ଲଘିଷ୍ଠା – ଲଘିଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ପଟିଷ୍ଠ = ପଟିଷ୍ଠା – ପଟିଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ଗରିଷ୍ଠ = ଗରିଷ୍ଠା – ଗରିଷ + ଟାପ୍‌
କନିଷ୍ଠ = କନିଷ୍ଠା – କନିଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌
ପ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ = ପ୍ରେଷ୍ଠା – ପ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌ ( ପ୍ରିୟତମା )
ଅୟମ୍‌ ଏଷାମ୍‌ ଅତିଶୟେନ ପ୍ରିୟଃ
ଗୁରୁତର = ଗୁରୁତରା – ଗୁରୁ+ ତରପ୍‌+ ଟାପ୍‌।
ପ୍ରିୟତର = ପ୍ରିୟତରା – ପ୍ରିୟ। ତରପ୍‌+ ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପଟୁତର = ପଟୁତରା – ପଟୁ + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
କ୍ଷିପ୍ରତର = କ୍ଷିପ୍ରତରା – କ୍ଷିପ୍ର + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସରଳତମ = ସରଳତମା – ସରଳ + ତମପ୍‌+ ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଗୁରୁତମ = ଗୁରୁତମା – ଗୁରୁ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦୀର୍ଘତମ = ଦୀର୍ଘତମା – ଦୀର୍ଘ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରତମ = କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ରତମା – କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପ୍ରିୟତମ = ପ୍ରିୟତମା – ପ୍ରିୟ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଯୁବତମ = ଯୁବତମା – ଯୁବ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
ନେଦିଷ୍ଠ = ନେଦିଷ୍ଠା – ନେଦିଷ୍ଠ + ଟାପ୍‌ ( ନିକଟତମ)
(ଅୟମ୍‌ ଏଷାମ୍‌ ଅତିଶୟେନ ଅନତିକଃ)
ଦୀର୍ଘତର = ଦୀର୍ଘତରା – ଦୀର୍ଘ + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଲଘୁତର = ଲଘୁତରା – ଲଘୁ + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦୂରତର = ଦୂରତରା – ଦୂର + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ମୃଦୂତର = ମୃଦୁତରା – ମୃଦୁ + ତରପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବୃଦ୍ଧତମ = ବୃଦ୍ଧତମା – ବୃଦ୍ଧ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଲଘୁତମ = ଲଘୁତମା – ଲଘୁ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସରଳତମ = ସରଳତମା – ସରଳ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବୃହତ୍ତମ = ବୃହତ୍ତମା – ବୃହତ୍‌ + ତମପ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।

ମନେରଖ: ଜନ୍ମ ଓ ଲଖି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ତଦ୍ଧିତପଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ପାଇଁ ଟାପ୍‌ ( ଆ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗିଥାଏ ।

ଲନ୍ଧ୍ୟ କର:
ଗତ = ଗତା – ଗମ୍‌ +କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଜାତ = ଜାତା – ଜନ୍‌+ କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଲିଖ୍ତ = ଲିଖ୍ତା – ଲିଖ୍‌ +କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ନୀତ = ନୀତା – ନୀ+ କ୍ତ+ ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପଠିତ = ପଠିତା – ପଠ୍+ କବ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦୃଷ୍ଟ = ଦୃଷ୍ଟା – ଦୃଶ୍‌ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦତ୍ତ = ଦତ୍ତା – ଦା + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶ୍ରୁତ = ଶ୍ରୁତା – ଶ୍ରଏ କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ହତ = ହତା – ହନ୍‌ + କ୍ତ + ଟାପ୍‌ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି।
ସେବମାନ = ସେବମାନା – ସେବ୍‌+ ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଲଭମାନ = ଲଭମାନା – ଲଭ୍‌ + ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶୟାନ = ଶୟାନା – ଶୀ + ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟବ୍ୟ = ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟବ୍ୟା – ଦୃଶ୍‌+ ତବ୍ୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ନେତବ୍ୟ = ନେତବ୍ୟା – ନୀ + ତବ୍ୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦାତବ୍ୟ = ଦାତବ୍ୟା – ଦା + ତବ୍ୟ+ ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପଠନୀୟ = ପଠନୀୟା – ପଠ୍‌ + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟ = ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟା – ଗ୍ରହ + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶ୍ରବଣୀୟ = ଶ୍ରବଣୀୟା – ଶ୍ର + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବର୍ତମାନ = ବର୍ଭମାନା – ବୃତ୍‌ + ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ = ବିଦ୍ୟମାନା – ବିଦ୍‌ + ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଭକ୍ଷମାଣା = ଭକ୍ଷମାଣା – ଭକ୍ଷ + ଶାନଚ୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପଠିତବ୍ୟ = ପଠିତବ୍ୟା – ପଠ୍ + ତବ୍ୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶ୍ରୋତବ୍ୟ = ଶ୍ରୋତବ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ର ତବ୍ୟ+ ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ହନ୍ତବ୍ୟ = ହନ୍ତବ୍ୟା – ହନ୍‌ + ତବ୍ୟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପାନୀୟ = ପାନୀୟା – ପା + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦାନୀୟ = ଦାନୀୟା – ଦା + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ସ୍ମରଣୀୟ = ସ୍ମରଣୀୟା – ସ୍କ + ଅନୀୟର୍‌ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।

ମନେରଖ: କୃଦନ୍ତ ‘କ୍ତ’ ‘ଶାନଚ୍’ ‘ତବ୍ୟ’ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦରେ “ ଟାପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ରୂପ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଳର:
ସୁକ୍ରୋଡ଼ = ସୂକ୍ରୋଡ଼ା – ସୁକ୍ରୋଡ଼ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ମହାଲଲାଟ = ମହାଲଲାଟା – ମହାଲଲାଟ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଅକେଶ = ଅକେଶା – ଅକେଶ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସୁମୁଖ = ସୁମୁଖା – ସୁମୁଖ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଗୌରମୁଖ = ଗୌରମୁଖା – ଗୌରମୁଖ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଚାରୁଶିଖ = ଚାରୁଶିଖା – ଚାରୁଶିଖ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସକେଶ = ସକେଶା – ସକେଶ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ସୁନଖ = ସୁନଖା – ସୁନଖ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ଶୂର୍ପଣଖ = ଶୂର୍ପଣଖା – ଶୂର୍ପଣଖ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସନାସିକ = ସନାସିକା – ସନାସିକ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ସୁଭଗ = ସୁଭଗା – ସୁଭଗ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
କାଳମୁଖ = କାଳମୁଖା – କାଳମୁଖ + ଟାପ୍‌ । ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

ମନେରଖ:
(i) କେ/ଜ/ଦ ଓ ଚହୁୟଂର/ ପଦରୁ “ଟାପ୍‌” ଲାଗି ସ୍ତରୀଲିଙ୍କ ପଦ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।
(ii) ଅଙ୍ଗବାଚ଼କ ପଦପୂର୍ବରୁ ସହ (ସ), ନଞ୍ (ଅ) ଆଦି ଲାଗିଥ୍ଲେ “ଟାପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର:
କାରକ = କାରିକା – କାରକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପାଚ଼କ = ପାଚ଼ିକା – ପାଚ଼କ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସାଧକ = ସାଧ୍କା – ସାଧକ +` ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଶିକ୍ଷକ = ଶିକ୍ଷିକା – ଶିକ୍ଷକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଗାୟକ = ଗାୟିକା – ଗାୟକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବାଳକ = ବାଳିକା – ବାଳକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଦର୍ଶକ = ଦର୍ଶିକା – ଦର୍ଶକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ସେବକ = ସେବିକା – ସେବକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
ଅଧ୍ୟାପକ = ଅଧ୍ଯାପିକା – ଅଧ୍ବାପକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ପାଠକ = ପାଠିକା – ପାଠକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ନାୟକ = ନାୟିକା – ନାୟକ + ଟାପ୍‌।
ଲେଖକ = ଲେଖୁକା – ଲେଖକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ମାମକ = ମାମିକା – ମାମକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଯାଚ଼କ = ଯାଚ଼ିକା – ଯାଟୃ଼କ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ଗ୍ରାହକ = ଗ୍ରାହିକା – ଗ୍ରାହକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।

ମନେରଖ:
“ଟାପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହେଲେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟସ୍ଫ୍‌ “ଳ ” କାରର ପୂର୍ବବର୍ଭୀ /? କାର ସ୍ତ୍ରାନରେ ? କାର ହୁଏ ।
ମାତ୍ର ନଉଭକ ଶବ୍ଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ “ଏଳର୍ଢଳ/” ହୁଏ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କଳ:

ସୂତକ = ସୂତକା, ସୂତିକା = ସୂତକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ( ପ୍ରସୂତା ନାରୀ) ।
ପୁତ୍ତକ = ପୁଭୁକା, ପୁଭ୍ରିକା – ପୁତ୍ରକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ( ପୁତ୍ରପରି ସ୍ନେହର ପାତ୍ର) ।
ବୃନ୍ଦାରକ = ବୃନ୍ଦାରକା, ବୃନ୍ଦାରିକା – ବୃନ୍ଦାରକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ( ଦେବତା ଦଳପତି) ।

ମନେରଖ: ଉପରଲିଖ୍ତ କେତେକ ‘ଟାପ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାୟାନ୍ତ ପଦର ବିକଳ୍ପ ରୂପ ଥଲେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅର୍ଥ ସମାନ ରୁହେ।

ଲକ୍ଷୟ କର:
ତାରକ = ତାରକା ( ନକ୍ଷତ୍ର ) , ତାରିକା ( ରକ୍ଷାକାରିଣୀ) – ତାରକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବର୍ଣ୍ଣକ = ବର୍ଣ୍ଵକା ( ଉତ୍ରୀୟ) , ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିକା ( ସ୍ତୋତ୍ରକାରିଣୀ) – ବର୍ଷକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।
ବର୍ଭକ = ବର୍ଭକା ( ମାଭବତକ), ବର୍ଭିକା ( ବଳିତା) – ବର୍ଭକ + ଟାପ୍‌ ।

ମନେରଖ: “ଟାପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦର ଦୁଇଟି ଭିନ୍ନରୂପ ଭିନ୍ନଅର୍ଥ ମଧ୍ଯ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଏହିପରି କେତେକ ଡୀପ୍‌, ଓ ‘ ଡୀଷ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର – ଏହାର ଶେଷରେ (ଈ) କାର ଯୋଗ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
ନଦ = ନଦୀ – ନଦ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ନଟ =ନଟୀ – ନଟ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର = ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରୀ – ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର+ ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ମୃଗୀ = ମୃଗୀ – ମୃଗ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ତରୁଣୀ = ତରୁଣୀ – ତରୁଣ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଘୋଟକ = ଘୋଟକୀ – ଘୋଟକ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ହୟ ( ଘୋଡ଼ା) = ହୟୀ ( ଘୋଡ଼ୀ) – ହୟ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଖନକ = ଖନକୀ – ଖନକ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଗବୟ = ଗବୟୀ – ଗବୟ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ପିତାମହ( ଜେଜେବାପା) = ପିତାମହୀ – ପିତା + ମହ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ଭଦୃଶ ( ଏପରି ) = ଭଦୃଶୀ – ଭଦୃଶ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଯାଦୃଶ( ଯେପରି) = ଯାଦୃଶୀ – ଯାଦୃଶ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଧାର୍ମିକ = ଧାର୍ମିକୀ – ଧାର୍ମିକ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ମାନବ = ମାନବୀ – ମାନବ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କିନ୍ତୁ, ମନୁଷ୍ୟ = ମନୁଷୀ – ମନୁଷ୍ଯ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କାକ = କାକୀ – କାକ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ଗୌର = ଗୌରୀ – ଗୌର + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କୁମାର = କୁମାରୀ – କୁମାର + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଦେବ = ଦେବୀ – ଦେବ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ସିଂହ = ସିଂହୀ – ସିଂହ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ସୁନ୍ଦର = ସୁନ୍ଦରୀ – ସୁନ୍ଦର + ଡୀପ୍‌ । ( ଯୁବତୀ)
ଶଶ୍ବର = ଭଶ୍ଵରୀ – ଲଶ୍ଵର + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ନୃ,ନର = ନାରୀ – ନର + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ରଜକ = ରଜକୀ – ରଜକ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ତାଦୃଶ( ସେପରି ) = ତାଦୃଶୀ – ତାଦୃଶ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ମାତାମହ ( ଅଜା ) = ମାତାମହୀ – ମାତାମହ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କୀଦୃଶ( କିପରି) = କୀଦୃଶୀ – କୀଦୃଶ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ମାନୁଷ = ମାନୁଷୀ – ମାନୁଷ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
– ନ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ = ମତ୍ସୀ – ମତ୍ସ୍ୟ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।

ମନେରଖ: ମନୂଷ୍ୟ ଓ ମତ୍ଥ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ ୬ ଲୋପ ପାଏ ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ / ଳର:
ବୁଦ୍ଧିମତ = ବୁଝିମତୀ – ବୁଝି+ ମତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଶ୍ରୀମତ୍‌ = ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ – ଶ୍ରୀ + ମତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଧୀମତ୍‌ = ଧୀମତୀ – ଧୀ + ମତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଗୁଣବତ୍‌ = ଗୁଣବତୀ – ଗୁଣ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଧନବତ୍‌ = ଧନବତୀ – ଧନ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ବଳବତ୍‌ = ବଳବତୀ – ବଳ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ବେଗବତ୍‌ = ବେଗବତୀ – ବେଗ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ରୂପବତ୍‌ = ରୂପବତୀ – ରୂପ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀବତ୍‌ = ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀବତୀ – ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ + ବତୁପ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଆଯୁ଼ଷ୍ମତ୍‌ = ଆୟୁଷ୍ମତୀ – ଆୟୁ + ମତୁପ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌

ନନେରଖ: “ମତୂପ” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତରେ ‘ଙୀପ୍‌’ ଲଗାଇ ସ୍ତୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ଧନିନ୍‌ = ଧନିନୀ – ଧନ + ଇନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଜ୍ଞାନିନ୍‌ = ଜ୍ଞାନିନୀ – ଜ୍ଞାନ + ଇନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଅହଙ୍କାରିନ୍‌ = ଅହଙ୍କାରିଣୀ – ଅହଙ୍କାର + ଇନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଯଶସିନ୍‌ = ଯଶସିନୀ – ଯଶସ୍‌ + ବିନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ବାଗ୍ନିନ୍‌ = ବାଗ୍ନିନୀ – ବାକ୍‌ + ମିନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ସ୍ରୋତସିନ୍‌ = ସ୍ରୋତସିନୀ – ସ୍ରୋତସ୍‌ + ବିନ୍‌ ଡୀପ୍‌
ମନ୍ତ୍ରିନ୍‌ = ମନ୍ତ୍ରିଣୀ – ମନ୍ତ୍ରନ୍‌ + ଇନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ମାନିନ୍‌ = ମାନିନୀ – ମାନ+ଇନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ତେଜସିନୀ = ତେଜସିନୀ – ତେଜସ୍‌ + ବିନ୍‌+ଙୀପ୍‌
ମନସିନୀ = ମନସନୀ – ମନସ୍‌ୱ-ବିନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ତପସିନୀ = ତପସ୍‌ + ବିନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ପୟସିନ୍‌ = ପୟସିନୀ – ପୟସ୍‌ + ବିନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ନନେରଖ: ତଦ୍ଧିତ ‘ଇନ୍‌’ ମିନ୍‌? ଓ ‘ବିନ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲଗାଇ ସ୍ଜୀଲିଙ୍କ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ଗତବତ୍‌ = ଗତବତୀ – ଗମ୍‌ + ବବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ପଠିତବତ୍‌ = ପଠିତବତୀ – ପଠ୍‌ + ଲବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ହତବତ୍‌ = ହତବତୀ – ହନ୍‌ + କ୍ତବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ନୀତବତ୍‌ = ନୀତବତୀ – ନୀ+ କ୍ତବତୁ+ ଙୀପ୍‌
ପୀତବତ୍‌ = ପୀତବତୀ – ପା+କବତୁ+ ଙୀପ୍‌
ଦତ୍ତବତ୍‌ = ଦତ୍ତବତୀ – ଦାୱ + କ୍ତବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଦୃଷ୍ଟବତ୍‌ = ଦୃଷ୍ଟବତୀ – ଦୃଶ୍‌ + ଲତବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଜିତବତ୍‌ = ଜିତବତୀ – ଜି + ବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଜ୍ଞାନବତ୍‌ = ଜ୍ଞାନବତୀ – ଜ୍ଞାଏ ବତବତୁ + ଙୀପ୍‌

ନନେରଖ: କୃଦନ୍ତ “କ୍ତବତୁ” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲଗାଇ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ମହୀୟସ୍‌ = ମହୀୟସୀ – ମହା + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌+ ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କନୀୟସ୍‌ =କନୀୟସୀ – କନୀୟନ୍‌ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ବର୍ଷାୟସ୍‌ = ବର୍ଷାୟସୀ – ବୃଷ୍‌ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଲଘୀୟସ୍‌ = ଲଘୀୟସୀ – ଲଘୁ+ ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଶ୍ରେୟସ୍‌ = ଶ୍ରେୟସୀ – ଶ୍ରେୟ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌- ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ଜ୍ୟାୟସ୍‌ = ଜ୍ୟାୟସୀ – ଜ୍ୟାୟସ୍‌ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌।
ଗରୀୟମ୍‌ = ଗରୀୟସୀ – ଗୁରୁ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ପ୍ରେୟସ୍‌ = ପ୍ରେୟସୀ – ପ୍ରିୟ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ପଟୀୟସ୍‌ = ପଟୀୟସୀ – ପଟୁ + ଭୟସୁନ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।

ନନେରଖ: “ଈୟସୁନ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲଗାଇ ସ୍କୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ/ ଳର:

ଗଚ୍ଛତ = ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୀ – ଗମ୍‌ + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ପଠତ୍‌ = ପଠନ୍ତୀ – ପଠ୍‌+ ଶତୃ+ ଙୀପ୍‌
ପଶ୍ୟତ୍‌ = ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତୀ – ଦୃଶ୍‌ + ଶତୃ+ ଙୀପ୍‌
ପିବତ୍‌ = ପିବନ୍ତୀ – ପା + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ତିଷ୍ଠତ୍‌ = ତିଷ୍ଠନ୍ତୀ – ସ୍ଥରା + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ସତ୍‌ = ସତୀ – ଅସ୍‌ + ଶତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ଭବତ୍‌ =ଭବନ୍ତୀ – ଭୂ + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ବିଭ୍ୟତ୍‌ = ବିଭ୍ୟତୀ – ଭୀ + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
କୁର୍ବତ୍‌ = କୁର୍ବତୀ – କୃ + ଶତୃ + ଙୀପ୍‌
ଶାସତ୍‌ = ଶାସତୀ – ଶାସ୍‌ + ଶତୃ+ ଡୀପ୍‌

ନନେରଖ : କୃଦନ୍ତ “ଶତୃ” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦପରେ “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୁପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

ପ୍ରାଚ୍‌ = ପ୍ରାଚୀ, ପ୍ରାଞ୍ଚ – ପୂର୍ବଦିଗ / ପୂଜକର ମଧବର୍ଭୀ ସ୍ମାନ ।
ଉଦଚ୍‌ = ଉଦୀଚୀ, ଉଦଞ୍ଚୀ – ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଗ / ଉତାରାଞ୍ଚଳ ।
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟଚ୍‌ = ପ୍ରତୀଚୀ / ପ୍ରତ୍ୟଞ୍ଚୀ – ପଶ୍ଚିମ ଦିଗ ।
ଅବାଚ୍‌ = ଅବାଚୀ, ଅବାଞ୍ଚୀ – ଦକ୍ଷିଣ ଦିଗ / ଅଧୋଦିଗ

ନନେରଖ: ଦିଗବାଚ଼କ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଦ।ତୃ = ଦ।ତ୍ରୀ – ଦାତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତୃ = ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୀ – ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ସବିତୃ = ସବିତ୍ରୀ – ସବିତ୍ର + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କର୍ତ୍ = କର୍ରୁୀ – କର୍ଭୂ + ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ହର୍ତ୍ = ହୁ – ହର୍ରୂ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ବିଧାତୃ = ବିଧାତ୍ରୀ – ବିଧାତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ନେତ = ନେତ୍ରୀ – ନେତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ = ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀ – ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଶ୍ରୋତୃ = ଶ୍ରୋତ୍ରୀ – ଶ୍ରୋତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ଭର୍ଭ୍ଵ = ଭର୍ଭୁୀ – ଭର୍ଭୂ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଜନୟିତୃ = ଜନୟତ୍ରୀ – ଜନୟିତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ନପ୍ତ୍‌ = ନପ୍ତୀ – ନପ୍ତ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
କବୟିତୃ = କବୟିତ୍ରୀ – କବିୟିତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌
ରଚୟିତ୍ରି = ରଚୟିତ୍ରୀ – ରଚୟିତୃ + ଡୀପ୍‌

ନନେରଖ: ‘ରକାରାନ୍ତ’ ପଦଶେଷରେ “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲାଗି ସ୍ତୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ।

ଅଗ୍ନି = ଅଗ୍ନାୟୀ – ଅଗ୍ନି + ଡୀପ୍‌ ( ବିଷ ଇନ୍ଦ୍ର/ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଗିିଙ୍କ ପତୀ) ।
ବୃଷାକପି = ବୃଷାକପାୟୀ – ବୃଷାକପି + ଙୀପ୍‌ ( ଗୌରୀ, ଲକ୍ଷୁ, କୁମାରୀ, ଶଚ଼ି, ସାହା, ଶତାବରା) ।
କୁସୀଦ = କୁସୀଦାୟୀ ( ସୁଧଖୋର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ସ୍ତ୍ର) / କୁସୀଦା ( ସୁଧଖୋର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) ।

ନନେରଖ: କେତେଦ ପଦଶେଷରେ “ଙୀପ୍‌”ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୁପ ଗଠିତ ହେବା ସମୟରେ ପଦାନ୍ତ ‘ଇ’ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହୋଇ “ଐ’ ହେବାପରେ ତାହା ସ୍ତାରେ ‘ଆୟ’ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର:
ପତି = ପନୀ, ପତିଃ ( ମାଲିକାଣୀ)।
ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି = ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତିଃ – ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ସଭାପତି = ସଭାପତିଃ – ସଭାପତି + ଙୀପ୍‌ ।
ସେନାପତି = ସେନାପତିଃ – ସେନାପତି + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।

ନନେରଖ: ଯଜ୍ଞର ଫଳଭାଗିତ୍ଵ ବୁଝାଇଲେ “ପତି” ଶବ୍ଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ ‘ପନ୍ନୀ’ ହୁଏ। ଅନ୍ୟତ୍ର ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ।

ମୁନି = ମୁନୀ, ମୁନିଃ – ମୁନି + ଡୀପ୍‌।
ସାରଥ୍‌ = ସାତରୀ, ସାରଥୁଃ – ସାରଥ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ସଖ୍‌ = ସଖୀ, ସଖ୍ଃ – ସଖ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।
ଅତିଥ = ଅତିଥୀ, ଅତିଥ୍ଃ – ଅତିଥ୍‌ + ଡୀପ୍‌।
କପି = କପୀ, କପିଃ – କପି + ଙୀପ୍‌।
ଅହି = ଅହୀ, ଅହିଃ – ଅହି + ଡୀପ୍‌ ।

ନନେରଖ: “ଇ” କାରାନ୍ତ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର ‘ଙୀପ୍‌’ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ ଦୀର୍ଘ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର:
କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟ =
ତ୍ରିୟା ( କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟଜାତୀୟା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ଖଣ୍ଡାୟତଘର ଝିଅ।
କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟୀ ( କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ଖଣ୍ଡାୟତର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ।

ବୈଶ୍ୟ =
ବୈଶ୍ଯା ( ବୈଶ୍ଯଜାତୀୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ବ୍ୟବସାୟୀ ଘରର ଝିଅ।
ବୈଶ୍ୟୀ ( ବୈଶ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ବ୍ୟବସାୟୀ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ।

ଶୁଦ୍ର =
ଶୂଦ୍ରା ( ଶୂଦ୍ରଜାତୀୟା ସ୍ତ୍ର) – ସେବାକାରୀ ଘରର ଝିଅ।
ଶୂଦ୍ରୀ ( ଶୂଦ୍ରସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ସେବାକାରୀର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ।

ଗୋପ =
ଗୋପା ( ଗୋପଜାତୀୟା ସ୍କ) – ଗଉଡ଼ଘର ଝିଅ ।
ଗୋପୀ ( ଗୋପସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ) – ଗଉଡ଼ର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ନନେରଖ: ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଜାତି ବୁଝାଇଲେ ଭଭୟ ଟାପ୍‌ ( ଆ) ଓ ଡୀପ୍‌ ( ଈ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ, ମାତ୍ର ଅର୍ଥ ବଦଳିଯାଏ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ” ଶବ୍ଦର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରେ ‘ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀ’ ହୁଏ, ମାତ୍ର ‘ବ୍ରହ୍ମନ୍‌’ ଶବ୍ଦର ‘ ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣୀ’ ହୁଏ।

ଦେଖ:
ମୃଦୁ = ମୃଦୁଃ, ମୃଦ୍ବୀ।
ଗୁରୁ = ଗୁରୁଃ, ଗୁର୍ବୀ ।
ପଟୁ = ପଟୁଃ, ପଟ୍ନୀ ।
ଲଘୁ = ଲଘୁଃ, ଲଘୀ ।
ତନୁ = ତନୁଃ, ତନ୍ମୀ ।
ସାଧୁ = ସାଧୁଃ, ସାଧ୍ଵୀ

ନନେରଖ: ଉକାରାନ୍ତ ପଦ ପରେ ବିକଳ୍ପରେ “ ଙୀପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ।

ଲନ୍ଧ୍ୟ କର:
ଇନ୍ଦ୍ର = ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରାଣୀ – ଇନ୍ଦ୍ର + ଆନୀପ୍‌ ।
ଭବ = ଭବାନୀ – ଭବ + ଆନୀପ୍‌ ।
ଶର୍ବ = ଶର୍ବାଣୀ – ଶର୍ବ + ଆନୀପ୍‌ । ( ପୀବତୀ)
ବରୁଣ = ବରୁଣାନୀ – ବରୁଣ + ଆନୀପ୍‌ । ( ଶଚ଼ୀ)
ରୁଦ୍ରାଣୀ = ରୁଦ୍ର + ଆନୀପ୍‌ ।
ମୃଡ଼ = ମୃଡ଼ାନୀ – ମୃଡ଼ + ଆନୀପ୍‌ ।

ନନେରଖ: ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରାଦି କେତେକ ଦେବବାଚ଼କ ପଦରୁ ଉତ୍ତର ଆନୀପ୍‌ ( ଆନୀ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗରୂପ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ 1
ନନେରଖ: କେତେକ ‘ ଆନୀପ” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ପଦ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗର ହୋଇଥୁଲେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅର୍ଥପରିବର୍ତନ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ]

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ 2
ନନେରଖ: ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ରୂପ ଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ହୋଇଥାଏ

ଲକ୍ଷ ଳର:
ଶ୍ଵଶୁର = ଶ୍ଵଶ୍ରୁଃ ( ଶାଶୁ ) ।
ପିତା = ମାତା ( ମାଆ) ।
ପୁତ୍ର = ପୁତ୍ରୀ ( ଝିଅ) ।
ଶ୍ଵନ୍‌ = ଶୁନୀ (କୁକୁରୀ) ।
ମଘବତ୍‌ = ମଘୋନୀ / ମଘବତୀ ( ଇହଙ୍କ ସ୍କୀ) ।
ଯୁବତ୍‌ = ଯୁବତୀ ( ତରୁଣୀ) ।
ଯୁବନ୍‌ = ଯୁବତିଃ / ଯୂନୀ ( ଯୁବତୀ / ତରୁଣୀ) ।
ଭବତ୍‌ = ଭବତୀ ( ଆପଣ) ।
ମାତୁଳ ( ମାମୁ) = ମାତୁଳୀ / ମାତୁଳାନୀ ( ମାଇଁ) ।
ରାଜନ୍‌ ( ରାଜ) = ରାଜ୍ଞୀ ( ରାଣୀ) ।
ସମ୍ରାଜ୍‌ = ସମ୍ରାଜୀ ( ସମ୍ରାଟଙ୍କ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ)
ମହରାଜ = ମହାରାଜୀ ( ମହାରାଜସ୍ୟ ପନୀ)
ପତିବତ୍‌ = ପତିବନୀ । ( ସଧବା ନାରୀ)
ପତିମତୀ ( ପ୍ରଭୁଯୁକ୍ତା ଭୃତ୍ୟା / ଚାକରାଣୀ)
ମନୁ = ମନାୟୀ / ମନାବୀ / ମନୁଃ ।

ନନେରଖ: ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚ଼ ଓ ସର୍ବନାମ ଶବ୍ଦ ଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମଧ୍ଯ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ରୂପ ହୁଏ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

ଏକ (ଏକଃ) = ଏକା । – ଏକା ମାଳା । ( ଗୋଟିଏ ମାଳା )
ଦ୍ବି (ଦ୍ଦ୍ତୌ) = ଦ୍ଵେ। – ଦ୍ଵେ ଲତେ । ( ଦୁଇଟି ଲତା)
ତ୍ରି (ତ୍ୟଃ) = ତିସଃ । – ତିସଃ ବାଳିକାଃ । ( ତିନୋଟି ବାଳିକା)
ଚ଼ତୁର ( ଚ଼ତ୍ନାରଃ) = ଚୂତସ୍ରଃ । – ଚ଼ତସ୍ରଃ ନଦ୍ୟଃ । ( ଚାରୋଟି ନଦୀ) ।
ଇଦମ୍‌ ( ଅୟମ୍‌ ) = ଇୟମ୍‌ । – ଅୟଂ ପର୍ବତଃ । (ଇଏ ପର୍ବତ)
କିମ୍‌ (କଃ) = କା । – କଃ ଗଚଛତି ? ( କିଏ ଯାଉଛି ?) / କା ଗଚ୍ତି ? ( କିଏ ଯାଉଛି ? )
ତଦ୍‌ (ସଃ) = ସା । – ସଃ ବୃକ୍ଷଃ । ( ସେହି ବୃକ୍ଷ) / ସା ନଦୀ ।( ସେହି ନଭ)
ସର୍ବ = ସର୍ବା ।
ବିଶ୍ଵ = ବିଶ୍ଵା।
ଏତଦ୍‌ ( ଏଷଃ) = ଏଷା । – ଏଷଃ ମୃଗଃ ( ଇଏ ମୃଗ) / ଏଷା ନାରୀ । ( ଇଏ ନାରୀ)
ଯଦ୍‌ ( ଯଃ) = ଯା । – ଯଃ ବାଳକଃ । / ଯା ବାଳିକା ।
ସମ = ସମା ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

ନନେରଖ:
(i) କେତେକ ଦ୍ବିଗୁ ସମାସନିଷ୍ନନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାତିପଦିକରୁ ଙୀପ୍‌ ( ଈ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ। ଯଥା – ତ୍ରିଲୋକୀ ( ତିନିଲୋକର ସମାହାର) , ଅଷ୍ଟାଧାୟୀ ( ଅଷ ଅଧାୟର ସମାହାର ) , ସପ୍ଶତୀ ( ସପ୍ତଶତର ସମାହାର) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
(ii) ଅନ୍ତର୍ବତ୍‌/ ପଦରୁ ଭତାର “ଦୀପ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗି ଅନ୍ତର୍ବନୀ? ( ଗର୍ଭବତୀ ନାରୀ) ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
(iii) ପ୍ରତିପଦ ଲାଗିଥୁବା ସମସ୍ତପଦ ବ ହୁବ୍ରୀହିସମାନରେ “ଙୀପ୍‌” ଲାଗି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଯଥା – ସପନା (ସମାନଃ ପତିଃ ଯସ୍ୟାଃ) – ସମାନପତି ଯେଉଁ ନାରୀର । ଏକପନୀ ( ଏକଃ ପତିଃ ଯସ୍ୟାଃ ) – ଗୋଟିଏ ପତି ଯେଉଁନାରୀର। ବୀରପନୀ ( ବୀରଃ ପତିଃ ଯସ୍ୟାଃ ) – ଯେଉଁ ନାରୀର ପତି ବୀର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

ସ୍ତୀଳିବ୍କଂରେ “ଙୀପ୍” ‘ଙୀକ୍ଷ୍’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ କରଣଶାସ ଥନୁସାରେ ଜିନୁ ଜିନୁ ଶନ୍ନେ ଯୋ କରାଯାଏ;
ଲୋମଳନମି ଛାତଙ୍କ ଜାଇ ଜାଯାକୁ ଳେବଳ “ଙୀପ୍‌” (ଈ) ଆକାରରେ ଏହି ଫୁସକଣରେ ସଳୁଣବର୍ଶିତ ।

ଅଭ୍ୟାସଃ:
୧। ସ୍ତ୍ୟଯ୍ଥତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତରୂଘୀଣି ଳିଖତ ।
ଅଜ, ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର, ଶ୍ମନ୍‌, ଶ୍ଵଶୁର, ପିତୂକ ମାତାମହ ତଦ୍‌, ମେଷ, ଚୌର, ସେବକ, ନରଉ୍ତ୍ ପାପ, ଗତ, କର୍ଭବ୍ଯ, ଗୁରୁତର, ପ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ, ଜ୍ୟାୟସ୍‌, ପଠିତବତ୍‌
Answer:
ଅଜା, ବ୍ୟାଘୀ, ଶୁନୀ, ଶ୍ବଶୁଃ, ମାତୃ, ମାତାମହୀ, ସା, ମେଷା, ଚୌରା, ସେବିକା, ନର୍ଭକୀ, ପାପା, ଗତା, କର୍ତବ୍ଯା, ଗୁରୂତରା, ପ୍ରେଷ୍ଠା, ଜ୍ୟାୟସୀ, ପଠିତବତୀ ।

୨। ଏକପଣଦକନ ଥଥଂ ହ଼କାଶୟତ ।
କୃତ୍ରିମା ଭୂମିଃ, ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଜାୟା, ଶିବସ୍ଯ ପନୀ, ଗୋପଜାତୀୟା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ, ଲେଖକସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟେ ରୂପମ୍‌, ଚ଼ଟକସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ, ବିଦୂଷଃ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗେ ରୂପମ୍‌, ତାରୟତି ଯା, କରୋତି ଯା, ପଶ୍ଚିମା ଦିକ୍‌ ।
Answer:
ସ୍ଥଳା, ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରାଣୀ, ଶିବା, ଗୋପା, ଲେଖ୍କା, ଚ଼ଟକା, ବିଦୁଷୀ, ତାରିକା, କୁର୍ବତୀ, ପ୍ରତ୍ଯଞ୍ଚୀ

୩। ସ୍ତମ୍ଭମେଳନଂ କୁରୁଚ।

‘କ’ ସମାଃ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭଃ
ରାଜ୍ଞଃ ପନ୍ଵୀ ଯବନାନୀ
ରକ୍ଷିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ପଠନ୍ତୀ
ସଧବା ନାରୀ ବର୍ଭମାନା
ପଠତି ଯା ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟା
ବର୍ତତେ ଯା ରାଜ୍ଞୀ
କୁମ୍ଭକାରସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ର ପ୍ରାଚୀ
ପୂର୍ବା ଦିକ୍‌ ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା
ମହତ୍‌ ଅରଣ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଦେବୀ
ଯବନାନୀଂ ଲିପିଃ ମଘୋନୀ
ଦେବସ୍‌ ସ୍ତ୍ର ପତିବନୀ
ମଘୋନଃ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ କୁମ୍ଭକାରୀ
ସୟଂ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାତ୍ରୀ ଅରଣ୍ୟାନୀ

Answer:

‘କ’ ସମାଃ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭଃ
ରାଜ୍ଞଃ ପନ୍ବୀ ରାଜ୍ଞୀ
ରକ୍ଷିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା
ସଧବା ନାରୀ ପତିବତ୍ନୀ
ପଠତି ଯା ପଠନ୍ତୀ
ବର୍ଭତେ ଯା ବର୍ତମାନା
କୁମ୍ଭକାରସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ କୁମ୍ଭକାରୀ
ପୂର୍ବା ଦିକ୍‌ ପ୍ରାଚୀ
ମହତ୍‌ ଅରଣ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଅରଣ୍ୟାନୀ
ଯବନାନାଂ ଲିପିଃ ଯବନାନୀ
ଦେବସ୍‌ ସ୍ତ୍ର ଦେବୀ
ମଘୋନଃ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ମଘୋନୀ
ସୟଂ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାତ୍ରୀ ଅଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟା

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

୪। ଥର୍ଥଭେଦଂ ଙଳଶୟତ ।
ଉପାଧ୍ୟାୟା – ଉପାଧାୟାନୀ, ବର୍ଭକା – ବର୍ଭିକା, ବ୍ରହାଣୀ- ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀ – ଶୂଦ୍ରୀ – ଶୂଦ୍ରା, ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା – ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ, ପତିମତୀ – ପତିବନୀ, ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟା – ସୂରୀ, ସୁଳା – ସୁଳୀ
Answer:
ଉପାଧ୍ଯାୟା – ନିଜେ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାତ୍ରୀ
ବର୍ଭକା – ବାଇଚଢ଼େଇ
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣୀ – ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଙ୍କ ପତ୍ନୀ
ଉପାଧ୍ଯାୟାନୀ – ଉପାଧ୍ଯାୟାଙ୍କ ସ୍ତ୍ର
ବର୍ଭିକା – ବତି
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀ – ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣର ପତ୍ନୀ
ଶୂଦ୍ରୀ – ଶୂଦ୍ରର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା – ରକ୍ଷିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ପତିମତୀ – ଚାକରାଣୀ
ଶୂଦ୍ରା – ଶୂଦ୍ର ଜାତିର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ – ବିବାହିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ପତିବନୀ – ସଧବା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟା – ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ଦେବୀ ସ୍ତ୍ର
ସୂରୀ – ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ମାନବୀ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ସ୍ଥଳା – କୃତ୍ରିମା ଭୂମିଃ
ସ୍କଳୀ – ଅକୃତ୍ରିମା ଭୂମିଃ

୫। ଚନ୍ଧନ/ମଷୟତ୍‌ ଜଙ୍ଘମୁକ୍ତଯଦନ ଶୂନକନ୍ଥୟାନଂ ପୂରୟନ।
(କ) ଆକାଶେ ________________ ଶୋଭନ୍ତେ । ( ତାରକାଃ / ତାରିକାଃ)
Answer:
ତାରକାଃ

(ଖ) ________________ ଛାତ୍ରାନ୍‌ ପାଠୟତି । ( ଉପାଧାୟା / ଉପାଧାୟୀନୀ)
Answer:
ଉପାଧାୟା

(ଗ) ସୀତା ରାମସ୍ୟ ________________ ଆସୀତ୍‌ । ( ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା / ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ)
Answer:
ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ

(ଘ) __________________ ପତିସେବଂ କୁରୁତେ । ( ପତିମତୀ / ପତିବନୀ)
Answer:
ପତିବନୀ

(ଝ) ଦୌପଦୀ ________________ ଆସୀତ୍‌ । ( ପଞ୍ଚପନୀ / ପଞ୍ଚପତିଃ)
Answer:
ପଞ୍ଚପନୀ

(ଚ) ଅହଂ ________________ ପଠିତୂଂ ଶକ୍ଳୋମି। ( ଯବନାଂ / ଯବନାନୀମ୍‌ )
Answer:
ଯବନାନୀମ୍‌

(ଛ) ଦେବୀଗଡ଼ସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଧାନପାଟଃଟ ________________ ଭବତି । ( ସ୍ଥଳା / ସ୍ଥଳୀ)
Answer:
ସ୍ଥଳୀ

(ଜ) କୂନ୍ତୀ ________________ଇତି ନାମ୍ନା ପରିଚିତା । (ସୂରୀ / ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
Answer:
ସୂରୀ

(ଝ) ବିଶ୍ଵବାରା ________________ ଆସୀତ୍‌ । ( ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟା / ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୀ)
Answer:
ଆଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟା

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

(ଞ) ଭକ୍ତାଃ ________________ ପୂଜୟନ୍ତି। (ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣୀମ୍‌ / ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀମ୍‌ )
Answer:
ବ୍ରହାଣୀଂ

୬। ବନ୍ଧନ/ମଂଷ/ତ୍‌ ଖୁନ୍ଦନୀ ଜଳରଂ ନିରୂଯୟଚ।
(କ) ଅଗ୍ନେଃ ଜାୟା ________________ । ( ଅଗ୍ନୀ, ଅଗ୍ନିଃ, ଅଗ୍ନାୟୀ)
Answer:
ଅଗ୍ନାୟୀ

(ଖ) ଅକୃତିମାଭୂମିଃ ________________ । ( ସ୍ଥଳମ୍‌, ସ୍ଥଳା, ସୁଳୀ)
Answer:
ସ୍ମଳୀ

(ଗ) ଶ୍ଵଶୂରସ୍ଯ ପନ୍‌ ________________ । (ଶୃବଶୁଃ, ଶାଶୁଃ, ଶ୍ଶୁରୀ)
Answer:
ଶ୍ଵଶୁଃ

(ଘ) ସେବତେ ଯା________________ । (ସେବନ୍ତୀ, ସେବତୀ, ସେବମାନା)
Answer:
ସେବମାନା

(ଙ) ଶିକ୍ଷକସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲିଙ୍ଗେ ରୂପମ୍‌ ________________ । ( ଶିକ୍ଷକୀ, ଶିକ୍ଷିକା, ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତୀ)
Answer:
ଶିକ୍ଷିକା

(ଚ) ଚୌରସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟଯେ ରୂପମ୍‌ ________________ । ( ଚୌରା, ଚୌରୀ, ଚୌରାଣୀ )
Answer:
ଚୌରୀ

(ଛ) ବରୁଣସ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ________________ । ( ବରୁଣୀ, ବରୁଣା, ବରୁଣାନୀ)
Answer:
ବରୁଣାନୀ

(ଜ) ମାତୁଃ ମାତା ________________ । ( ମାତାମହୀ, ମାତୃକା, ମାତ୍ରୀ)
Answer:
ମାତାମହୀ

(ଝ) ଭବତିଯା ________________ । (ଭବତୀ, ଭବାନୀ, ଭବନ୍ତୀ)
Answer:
ଭବନ୍ତୀ

(ଞ) ବୀରଃ ପତିଃ ଯସ୍ୟାଃ ________________ । (ବୀରା, ବୀରପନୀୀ, ବୀରପତିଃ)
Answer:
ବୀରପନ୍ରୀ

୭। ରେଝ।ଙିଚନଦ।ନ। ଭ୍ରମସଂଶଥ।ନଂ କୁରୁଚ ।
(କ) ଦିଗମ୍ବରୀଂ ନମାମି।
ଦିଗମ୍ବରାଂ ନମାମି। ( ଦୁର୍ଗାଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଣାମ କରୁଛି )

(ଖ) ଭବନ୍ତିଃ। ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ ଦେହି ।
ଭବତି । ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ ଦେହି। ( ମହାଶୟା । ଭିକ୍ଷା ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ)

(ଗ) ବାଳୀ ଖେଳତି ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ।
ବାଳା ଖେଳତି ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ । ( ପିଲାଟି ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଛି )

(ଘ) ଅକେଶୀ ବାଳା ନୃତ୍ୟତି।
ଅକେଶା ବାଳା ନୃତ୍ୟତି । ( କେଶ ନଥ୍ବା ପିଲାଟି ନାଚୁଛି )

(୧) ପାର୍ବତୀ ଶିବାନୀ ଇତି ଉଚ୍ୟୁତେ ।
ପାର୍ବତୀ ଶିବା ଇତି ଉଚ୍ୟୁତେ । ( ପାର୍ବତୀଙ୍କୁ ଶିବା ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ)

(ଚ) ସ୍କନ୍ଧେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିକା ଶୋଭତେ।
ସ୍କନ୍ଧେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣକା ଶୋଭତେ । ( କାନ୍ଧରେ ଉତ୍ତରୀୟ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି )

(ଛ) ମମ ଜନନୀ ସଭାନେତ୍ରୀ ଆସୀତ୍‌ ।
ମମ ଜନନୀ ସଭାପତିଃ ଆସୀତ୍‌ । ( ମୋର ମାଆ ସଭାପତି ଥ୍ଲେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 1 ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ

(ଜ) ଛାୟାଦେବୀ ସୂରୀ ଭବତି ।
ଚାୟାଦେବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟା ଭବତି । ( ଛାୟାଦେବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟା ଅଟନ୍ତି)

(ଙ) ପତୀଚ୍ୟାଂ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଃ ଉଦେତି।
ପ୍ରତିଚ୍ୟାଂ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଃ ଉଦେତି । ( ପୂର୍ବଦିଗରେ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଉଦୟ ହୁଏ)

(ଚ) ବିଦ୍ବାନୀ ଗୀତାଂ ପଠତି।
ବିଦୂଷୀ ଗୀତାଂ ପଠତି । ( ବିଦ୍ବାନ୍‌ ନାରୀ ଗୀତା ପଢ଼ନ୍ତି)

ଅତିରିଙ୍ଗକ୍ତ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ

୧। ସ୍ତ୍ୟକିଃନ୍ଦଂ ରୂଯୀଣ କିଜ୍।
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣ, କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟ, ବୈଶ୍ଯ, ଶୂଦ୍ର, ଭଦୃଶ, ମୂଷିକ, ଅଶ୍ୱ‌, ମସ୍ଥ୍ଯ, ମାତୂଳ, ଇନ୍ଦ୍ର, ରୁଦ୍ର, ପତି, ରାଜନ୍‌, ଧନବତ୍‌, ଯୁବତ
Answer:
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣୀ, କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟା, ବୈଶ୍ଯା, ଶୂଦୃା, ଭଦୃଶୀ, ମୂଷିକା, ଅଶ୍ଵ, ମହୀ, ମାତୁଳା, ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରାଣୀ, ରୁଦ୍ରାଣୀ, ପତ୍ନୀ, ରାଜ୍ଞୀ, ଧନବତୀ, ଯୁବତିଃ ।

୨। ଅର୍ଥଗତ ଫାର୍ଥନ/ ଦର୍ଶୟ।
ଶୂଦ୍ରା – ଶୂଦୀ, ସୂରୀ – ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ, ସୁଳୀ – ସୁଳା, କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟ – କ୍ଷତ୍ରୟୀ, ଉପାଧାୟା – ଭପାଧାୟୀ, ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ – ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା
Answer:
ଶୂଦ୍ରା – ଶୂଦ୍ର ଜାତିର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ସୂରୀ – ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଙ୍କର ମାନବୀ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ସ୍ମଳୀ – ଅକୃତ୍ରିମା ଭୂମି
ଶୂଦ୍ରୀ – ଶୂଦ୍ରର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟା – ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟଙ୍କ ଦେବୀ ସ୍ତ୍ର
ସ୍ମଳା – କୃତ୍ରିମା ଭୂମି
କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟା – କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟ ଜାତିର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ଉପାଧ୍ୟାୟା – ନିଜେ ଅଧାପିକା
ପାଣିଗୃହୀତୀ – ବିବାହିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟୀ – କ୍ଷତ୍ରିୟର ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
ଉପାଧ୍ୟାୟୀ – ଉପାଧାୟାଙ୍କ ପତ୍ନୀ
ପାଣିଗୃହୀତା – ରକ୍ଷିତା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ

୩। ଏକଯ୍ଣଦନ ଥଥଥଂ କାଶୟ ।
ମହତ୍‌ ହିମମ୍‌ , ଶିବସ୍ୟ ପତ୍ନୀ, ଧାର୍ମିକସ୍ୟଭାର୍ଯ୍ୟା, ଶର୍ବସ୍ଯ ଜାୟା, ଅଗ୍ନେଃ ପତ୍ନୀ, ବୈଶ୍ୟସ୍ଯ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ
Answer:
ମହତ୍‌ ହିମମ୍‌ – ହିମାନୀ
ଧାର୍ମିକସ୍ୟଭାର୍ଯ୍ୟା – ଧାର୍ମିକା
ଅଗ୍ନେଃ ପତ୍ନୀ – ଅଗ୍ନାୟୀ
ଶିବସ୍ୟ ପତ୍ନୀ – ଶିବା
ଶର୍ବସ୍ୟ ଜାୟା – ଶର୍ବାଣୀ
ବୈଶ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ – ବୈଶ୍ଯୀ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 ନାମଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 8 ନାମଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 ନାମଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

(୮) ନାମିକଖାଡ଼ ପକରଣ

ନାମ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍‌ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ- ବିଶେଷଣାଦି ବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଅଂଶ ତାହା ନାମଧାତୁ । ଉଦାହରଣସରୂପ-
ଶଫରୀ ଫର୍‌ଫରାୟତେ । ( ଛୋଟ ମାଛ ଫର୍‌ଫର୍‌ ହୁଏ) ଫର୍‌ଫର- ଫର୍ଫରାୟତେ । ସୁବନ୍ତ ପ୍ରାତିପଦିକରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନଅର୍ଥରେ କ୍ଯଚ୍‌, କ୍ୟଙ୍‌ ଓ କ୍ଵିପ୍‌ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ହୁଏ। ଏହି ପ୍ରକୃତି ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ସମୁଦାୟର ଧାତୁସଂଜ୍ଞା ହେବା ସହିତ’ସୁପୋଧାତୃପାତିପଦିକୟୋଃ? ( ଅଷ୍ଠାଧାୟୀ- ୨ /୪/ ୭୧ ) ସୂତ୍ର ବଳରେ ସୁପ୍‌ ବିଭକ୍ତିର ଲୋପ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା- ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଃ + କ୍ଯଙ୍‌ = ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରାୟ । ସୁଖମ୍‌ + କ୍ଯଚ୍‌ = ସୁଖୀୟ । ନାମଧାତୁର ରୂପସିଵି ଭ୍ବାଦି- ଗଣୀୟ ଧାତୁର ରୂପସିଦ୍ଧି ସଦୃଶ ।

୧ । କର୍ମବୋଧକ ସୁବନ୍ତରୁ ନିଜ ପାଇଁ ଇଚ୍ଛା ଅର୍ଥରେ “କ୍ୟଚ୍‌! ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବିକଳ୍ପରେ ହୁଏ । “କ୍ୟଚ୍‌” ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପରେ ଥ୍‌ଲେ ପୂର୍ବବର୍ଭୀ ଅ-କାର ବା ଆ-କାରର “ଭ’ ହୁଏ । “କ୍ଯଚ୍‌’ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟାନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପରସ୍ପୈପଦୀ ହୁଏ । ( କ୍ୟଚି ଚ-୭/୪/ ୩୩)
ଉଦାହରଣ – ପୁତ୍ରମ୍‌ + କ୍ଯଚ୍‌ ( ଯ) = ପୁତ୍ରୀୟ + ତିପ୍‌ ( ତି) = ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି ।
ଗୋବିନ୍ଦଃ ପୂତ୍ରୀୟତି ( ଗୋବିନ୍ଦଃ ଆତ୍ଜନଃ ପୁତ୍ରମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି) । – ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ନିଜ ପିଲାପରି ଇଚ୍ଛାକରୁଛି।
ସେହିପରି ମାଳାମ୍‌ + କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ = ମାଳୀୟତି । – ମାଳାପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ଏଠାରେ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ଭା ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ନିଜପାଇଁ ପୁଅଟିଏ କାମନା କରିବା ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଉଛି । ଅନ୍ୟ କାହାରି ପୁଅଟିଏ ହେଉ ବୋଲି ଇଚ୍ଛା କଲେ କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହେବ ନାହିଁ। ଯଥା- ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ ରାମସ୍ୟ ପୁତ୍ରମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି। ମାନ୍ତପ୍ରକୃତିକୁ ସୁବନ୍ତରୁ କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ। ଯଥା- କିମିଚ୍ଛତି ।

୨ । କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପରେ ଥୁଲେ ‘ଇ’ ର “ଭ” ର ‹ଉ” ର ‘ର” ର “ରୀ’, “ଓ” ର “ଅବ୍‌” ଏବଂ ‹3 ର ‘ଆବ୍‌’ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା- କବି – କବୀୟତି, ସାଧୁ – ସାଧୂୟତି, କର୍ଭୂ – କର୍ରୀୟତି, ଗୋ – ଗବ୍ଯତି, ନୌ – ନାବ୍ୟତି ।
କବିପିର ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି, ସାଧୁ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି, କର୍ତାପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି, ଗାଭପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି, ନୌକାପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 ନାମଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

୩। କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପରେ ଥୁଲେ “ନ୍‌” ର ଲୋପ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା-
ରାଜନ୍‌ + କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ + ତିପ୍‌ = ରାଜ + ଯ + ତି = ରାଜୀୟତି ।
ରାଜାଙ୍କ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।

୪। କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପରେ ଥଲେ ‘ଅ’ କାରର – ଆ/ ଭ ହୁଏ ।
ଯଥା- ଅଶନ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷା ଅର୍ଥରେ- ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷୁଃ ଅଶନାୟତି । ( ଭୋକିଲା ଲୋକ )
(ସଦ୍ୟଃ ଭୋକ୍ଡୁମ୍‌ ଅଶନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି) ମାତ୍ର କିଛିକାଳ ପରେ ଭୋଜନେଚ୍ଛା ବୁଝାଇଲେ ବୁଭୁକ୍ଷୁଃ ଅଶନୀୟତି । ସେହିପରି ଉଦକ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ପାନ ଇଚ୍ଛା ଅର୍ଥରେ- ଉଦନ୍ୟତି ତୃଷାର୍ଭଃ । ( ତୃଷାଉ୍ଭ ପାଣି ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଛି ) ମାତ୍ର ସ୍ବାନ ବା ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି ଇଚ୍ଛାରେ- ଉଦକୀୟତି । (ସ୍ଵାନ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଛି ) ସେହିପରି ଧନ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ଲୋଭ ଅର୍ଥରେ – ଧନାୟତି ( ଧନେ ସତ୍ୟପି ଧନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି ) । ମାତ୍ର ଦରିଦ୍ରଃ ଧନୀୟତି ଏଠାରେ ଲୋଭ ବଦଳରେ ଧନାଭାବପୂରଣେଛ୍ଛା ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ ।

୫। କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଯେଉଁ ଅର୍ଥରେ ହୁଏ କାମ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ମଧ୍ଯ ସେହି ଅର୍ଥରେ ହୁଏ ।
ଯଥା- ବୀରଃ ରଣକାମ୍ୟତି ( ଆତ୍ମନଃ ରଣମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି) – ବୀର ନିଜର ରଣ ଇଚ୍ଛାକରୁଛି ।
ସର୍ବଃ ଯଶସ୍କାମ୍ୟତି । ଯାଜ୍ଜିକଃ ସର୍ପିଷ୍କାମ୍ୟତି। – ସମସ୍ତେ ଯଶକାମନା କରନ୍ତି । ଯାଜ୍ଞିକ ଘୃତ କାମନା କରେ ।

୬ । କର୍ମ ବା ଅଧ୍କରଣବୋଧକ ଉପମାନବାଚକ ପଦରୁ ଆଚରଣ ବା ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅର୍ଥରେ କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା-
ଗୁରୁଃ ଶିଷ୍ୟ ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି ( ପୁତ୍ରମ୍‌ ଇବ ଆଚରତି ବ୍ୟବହରତି ବା” । ଏଠାରେ ପୁତ୍ର କର୍ମ ଏବଂ ଉପମାନ । ସାଧୁଃ କୁଟୀରେ ପ୍ରାସାଦୀୟତି । ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରାସାଦ ଅଧ୍କରଣ ଓ ଉପମାନ ।
ପୁତ୍ରଃ ଇବ ଆଚରତି- ପୁତ୍ରାୟତେ । (ନିଜେ ପୁଅ ପରି ଅଚରଣ କରୁଛି)

୭ । ନମସ୍‌ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ପୂଜା କରିବା ଓ ବରିବସ୍‌ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ସେବା କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ କ୍ୟଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ ।
ଯଥା- ଦେବାନ୍‌ ନମସ୍ୟତି ( ପୂଜୟତି) । (ନମଃ କରୋତି = ନମସ୍ୟତି)
ଗୁରୂନ୍‌ ବରିବସ୍ୟତି ( ସେବତେ) । ( ବରିବଃ ( ସେବାଂ) କରୋତି = ବରିବସ୍ଯତି ।

୮ । କର୍ଭା ଉପମାନ ହୋଇଥୁଲେ ତହିଁରୁ ଆଚରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ କ୍ୟଙ୍‌ ( ମ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ। କ୍ୟଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାୟାନ୍ତ ନାମଧାତୁ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦୀ । ଯଥା- କ୍ରୀଡ଼ସ୍ତୁ ବାଳକେଷୁ ଏକଃ କୃଷ୍ଣାୟତେ ( କୃଷ୍ଣ ଇବ ଆଚରତି ) , ( ଖେଳୁଥ୍ବା ପିଲାଙ୍କ ମଧରେ କୃଷ୍ଣଙ୍କପରି ଅଭିନୟ କରୁଛି) ଅପରେ ଗୋପାୟନ୍ତେ। (ଗୋପା ଇବ ଆଚରନ୍ତି) । ଏଠାରେ କୃଷ୍ଣ ଓ ଗୋପ କର୍ତା ଏବଂ ଉପମାନ ।

୯ । ଆଚରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ ସବୁ ପ୍ରାତିପଦିକରୁ କ୍ଵିପ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବିକଳ୍ପରେ ହୁଏ । କ୍ଵିପ୍‌ର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଲୋପ ହୁଏ ଓ କ୍ଵିବନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା ଅସ୍ମିନ୍‌ ନାଟକେ ଧନଞ୍ଜୟଃ କୃଷ୍ଣତି ( କୃଷ୍ଣ ଇବ ଆଚରତି ) ମାଧବର୍ଣ୍ଠ ନନ୍ଦତି ( ନନ୍ଦଇବ ଆଚରତି) । ସେହିପରି-

ମାଳା ଇବ ଆଚରତି = ମାଳାତି ମାଳପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
କବିଃ ଇବ ଆଚରତି = କବୟତି କବି ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ଶ୍ରୀଃ ଇବ ଆଚରତି = ଶ୍ରୟତି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ପିତା ଇବ ଆଚରତି = ପିତରତି ପିତାଙ୍କ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ମାତା ଇବ ଆଚରତି = ମାତରତି ମାତାଙ୍କ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ଗୁରୁଃ ଇବ ଆଚରତି = ଗୁରବତି ଗୁରୁଙ୍କ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।

୧୦ । କର୍ମ ରୂପେ ଥ୍‌ବା ବାଷ୍ପ, ଉଷ୍ମନ୍‌ ଓ ଫେନ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ଉଦ୍‌ବମନ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବିକଳ୍ପ, ରେ କ୍ୟଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା ଶିଶୁଃ ବାଷ୍ଠାୟତେ ( ଲୋତକମ୍‌ ଉଦ୍‌ବମତି = କ୍ରନ୍ଦତି ) । ସେହିପରି ଉଷ୍ମାୟତେ ପର୍ବତଃ । ପେନାୟତେ ଘୋଟକଃ ।

୧୧ । କର୍ମଦ୍ବିତୀୟାନ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ( ଧ୍ଵନି), ବୈର, କଳହ, ସୁଦିନ, ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦିନ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ବିକଳରେ କ୍ଯଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା- ଶଙ୍ଦଂ କରୋତି = ଶବ୍ଦାୟତେ ଏହିପରି ବୈରାୟତେ, କଳାହାୟତେ, ସୁଦିନାୟତେ ଓ ଦୁର୍ଦ୍ଦନାୟତେ ।

୧୨ । କର୍ତ୍ତା ନିଜେ ସୁଖ ଦୂଃଖାଦି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥୁଲେ କର୍ମଦ୍ଵିତୀୟାନ୍ତ ସୁଖ ଦୁଃଖ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଶବ୍ଦରୁ କ୍ୟଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା ରାମଃ ସୁଖାୟତେ ଦୁଃଖାୟତେ ବା ( ସୁଖଂ ଦୁଃଖଂ ବା ଅନୁଭବତି ରାମଃ ଇତ୍ୟର୍ଥଃ) । (ରାମ ସୁଖ କିମ୍ବା ଦୁଃଖ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଛି।)

୧୩ । କେତେକ ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଣିଚ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ ।
ବ୍ରତ + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ବ୍ରତୟତି – ଅଶ୍ବାତି/ ବର୍ଜୟତି ଖାଉଛି ର୍ବଜନ କରୁଛି ।
ସଂବସ୍ତ୍ର + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ସଂବସ୍ତୟତି – ଆଚଛ୍ଛାଦୟତି ଘୋଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଉଛି ।
ଘଟ + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ଘଟୟତି – ଘଟଂ କରୋତି/ ଅୟଂ ଘଟଃ ଇତି ଘୋଷୟତି । ଏହା ଘଟ ବୋଲି, ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି ।
ଉପଶ୍ଲୋକ + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ଉପଶ୍ଳୋକୟତି – ସ୍ତୌତି ଶ୍ଲଳୋକେନ ଶ୍ଳୋକରେ ସ୍ମୃତି କରୁଛି ।
ଦୂର + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ଦୂରୟତି – ଦୂରଂ କରୋତି । ଦୂର କରୁଛି ।
ଅନ୍ତିକ + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ନେଦୟତି – ଅନତିକଂ କରୋତି । ନିକଟତର କରୁଛି।
ସତ୍ୟ + ଣିଚ୍‌ = ସତ୍ୟାପୟତି/ ସତ୍ୟାପୟତେ – ସତ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଆଚଷ୍ଟେ ( କଥୟତି ) କରୋତି ବା ।
ସତ୍ୟ କହିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛି ।

ଅଭ୍ୟାସ:

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 ନାମଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

୧ । ଏକପଦୀ କୁରୂତ। (ଏକପଦରେ ପରିଣତକର।) ଆତ୍ମନଃ ଯଶଃ ଇଚ୍ଛତି। ପ୍ରାସାଦେ ଇବ ଆଚରତି। ସତ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଆଚଷ୍ଟେ। ଲୋଭାତ୍‌ ଧନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି। ସ୍ବାନାର୍ଥମ୍‌ ଉଦକମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି। ଗୋପ ଇବ ଆଚରତଚି। ମିଶ୍ରଂ କରୋତି ।
Answer:
ଆତ୍ମନଃ ଯଶଃ ଇଚ୍ଛତି ଯଶସ୍କାମ୍ୟତି ପ୍ରାସାଦେ ଇବ ଆଚରତି – ପ୍ରାସାଦୟତି
ସତ୍ୟମ୍‌ ଆଚଷ୍ଟେ- ସତ୍ୟାୟତେ ଲୋଭାତ୍‌ ଧନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି- ଧନାୟତି
ସ୍ନାନାର୍ଥମ୍‌ ଉଦକମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛତି- ଉଦକୀୟତି ଗୋପ ଇବ ଆଚରତି- ଗୋପାୟତେ
ମିଶ୍ରଂ କରୋତି- ମିଶ୍ରୟତି

୨ । ଅର୍ଥଭେଦଂ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶୟତି। (ଅର୍ଥଭେଦ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କର।)
ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି – ପୂତ୍ରାୟତେ, ଅଶନାୟସି – ଅଶନୀୟସି, ଭଦନ୍ୟାମି – ଭଦକୀୟାମି, ଧନାୟସି – ଧନୀୟସି ।
Answer:
ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି = ପୁତପରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛି, ।
ପୁତ୍ରାୟତେ = ନିଜପୁଅ ପରି ଆଚରଣ କରୁଛି ।
ଅଶନାୟସି =ସଦ୍ୟଃ ଭୋକ୍କୁମ୍‌ ଅଶନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛସି ।
ଅଶନୀୟସି = କିଛିକାଳ ପରେ ଭୋଜନ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଛ,
ଉଦନ୍ୟାମି = ମୁଁ ପାଣି ପିଇବାକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଛି ।
ଉଦକୀୟାମି = ମୁଁ ସ୍ନା କରିବାକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରୁଛି ।
ଧନାୟସି = ତ୍ଵଂ ଧନେ ସତ୍ୟପି ଧନମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛସି ।
ଧନୀୟସି= ଧନିଭାବଂ ପୂରୟିତୁଂ ତ୍ଵମ୍‌ ଇଚ୍ଛସି ।

୩। ସଂଶୋଧୟତ । (ସଂଶୋଧନ କର!)
ରଷିଃ ବନେ ତପାତି। ଘୋଟକଃ ଫେନ ୟତି ।
ରାମଃ ଅଦ୍ୟ ଚପଳାୟତି। ପରସ୍ତିୟଂ ମାତ୍ରାୟତେ ।
Answer:
ରଷିଃ ବନେ ତପାତି – ରଷିଃ ବନେ ତପତି ।
ଘୋଟକଃ ଫେନୟତି – ଘୋଟକଃ ପେନାୟତେ ।
ରାମଃ ଅଦ୍ୟ ଚପଳାୟତି – ରାମଃ ଅଦ୍ୟ ଚପଳୟତି
ପରସ୍ତିୟଂ ମାତ୍ରାୟତେ – ପରସ୍ତ୍ରୟଂ ମାତରତି ।

୪। ପଦାନି ବ୍ଯବହୃତ୍ଯ ବାକ୍ଯାନି ରଚୟତ। (ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ଯ ରଚନା କର।)
ହରିଣାୟତେ, ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି, ଧନକାମ୍ୟତି, ସୁଖାୟତେ ।
Answer:
ହରିଣାୟତେ – ମୃଗେନ୍ଦ୍ରଃ ନ ହରିଣାୟତେ ।
ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି – ଗୁରୁଃ ଶିଷ୍ୟଂ ପୁତ୍ରୀୟତି ।
ଧନକାମ୍ୟତି – ରାଜା ଧନକାମ୍ୟତି ।
ସୁଖାୟତେ – ରାମଃ ସୁଖାୟତେ ।

୫। ଉତ୍କଳଭାଷୟା ଅନୁବଦତ । (ଓଡ଼ିଆ ଭାଷାରେ ଅନୁବାଦ କର।)
(କ) ପ୍ରାସାଦୀୟତି ଯଃ କୁଟ୍ୟାଂ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟଙ୍କୀୟତି ମଞ୍ଚକେ ।
ତସ୍ୟ ସନ୍ତୋଷଶୀଳସ୍ୟ କୁବ୍‌ଜିକାପ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ରରାୟତେ ।
(୧) ବହ୍ମିସ୍ତସ୍ୟ ଜଳାୟତେ ଜଳନିଧ୍ଃ କୁଲ୍ୟାୟତେ ତତ୍‌କ୍ଷଣା-
ନ୍ଖେରୁଃ ସନ୍ପଶିଳାୟତେ ମୃଗପତିଃ ସଦ୍ୟଃ କୁରଙ୍ଗାୟତେ ।
ବ୍ୟାଳୋ ମାଲ୍ୟଗୁଣାୟତେ ବିଷରସଃ ପୀୟୂଷବର୍ଷାୟତେ
ଯସ୍ୟାଙ୍ଗେଃଖୂଳଲୋକ ବଲ୍ଲଭତରଂ ଶୀଳଂ ସମୁନ୍ଜୀଳତି।।
(ଗ) ବଧ୍ରୟତି କର୍ଶ୍ବିବରଂ ବାଚଂ ମୂଳୟତି ନୟନମନ୍ଧୟତି ।
ବିକୃତୟତି ଗାତ୍ରଯଷ୍ଟିଂ ସମ୍ପଦ ରୋଗୋଃୟମଦ୍‌ଭୂତୋ ରାଜନ୍‌ ।
Answer:
(କ) ଯିଏ କୁଡ଼ିଆରେ ରହି ମଧ୍ଯ ପ୍ରାସାଦ ମନେ କରେ ମଞ୍ଚରେ ଶୋଇମଧ୍ଯ ପଲଙ୍କ ମନେ କରେ ସେହି ସନ୍ତୋଷଶୀଳ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର କୁବ୍‌ଜାକୁ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅପସରା ମନେ ହୁଏ ।
(ଖ) ତା’ର ଅଗ୍ନି ଜଳରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ସାଗର ନାଳରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ମେରୁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ଅଳ୍ପଶିଳା ସଦୃଶ ହୋଇଥାଏ ସିଂହ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ହରିଣ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଅଡ଼ୁଆସୁତା ମାଳତିଆରି ନିମନ୍ତେ ସଜଡ଼ା ଯାଇପାରେ । ବିଷରସ ଅମୃତ ବର୍ଷା କରିପାରେ ଯାହାର ଅଙ୍ଗରେ ଅଖ୍‌ଳଲୋକ ସାମୀ ସେ ଚରିତ୍ର ଉନ୍ମୀଳନ କରନ୍ତୁ ।
(ଗ) କର୍ଣ୍ବିବରକୁ ବଧ୍ରା କରୁଛି ବାଚାଳକୁ ମୂକ କରୁଛି ଆଖ୍ଥ୍ବା ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ଅନ୍ଧ କରୁଛି ଶରୀର ଦଣ୍ଡକୁ ବିଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ କରୁଛି ହେ ରାଜା ଏହା ହିଁ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ସମ୍ପଦ ରୋଗ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 ଯଙନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 ଯଙନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10 Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 ଯଙନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

କ୍ରିୟାର ପୁନରାବୃତ୍ତି ବା ବାରମ୍ବାର କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ଧାତୁରେ ଯଙ୍‌ ( ଯ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଲାଗେ। ଯଙନ୍ତ ହେଲେ ଧାତୁର ଦ୍ଧିତୁ ହୁଏ। ଣିଚ୍‌ ଓ ସନ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଧାତୁରୁ ହୋଇପାରେ ମାତ୍ର ଯଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଧାତୁରୁ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

୧। ବ୍ୟଞ୍ଜନବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଆଦିରେ ଥୁବା ଏକସର ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁରୁ ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ବା ଅତିଶୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଯଙ୍‌ ( ଯ) ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବିକଳ୍ପରେ ହୁଏ। ଏହି ଧାତୁ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦୀ ।
ଯଥା- ଭୂ + ଯଙ୍‌ (ଯ) = ବୋଭୂୟ + ତେ = ବୋଭୂୟତେ
( ପୁନଃ ପୂନଃ ଅତିଶୟେନ ବା ଭବତି) । ଯଙ୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହେଲେ ଧାତୁ ଅଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ ( ଦେଶ- ଉଭେ ଅଭ୍ୟସ୍ତମ୍‌ / ୬.୧.୫) ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ଯାବତୀୟ ଅଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୁଏ ।
୨। ଦୂଇ ସରବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ସୂଚ, ସୂତ୍ର ଓ ମୂତ୍ର ଧାତୂରୂ ଏବଂ ସରାଦି ଅଟ୍‌, ଅଶ୍‌ ଧାତୁରୁ ମଧ୍ଯ ଯଙ୍‌ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା- ସଚ୍‌- ସୋସୂଚ୍ଯତେ, ସୂତ୍ର- ସୋସୂତ୍ର୍ୟତେ, ମୂତ୍ର- ମୋମୁତ୍ର୍ୟତେ, ଅଟ୍‌- ଅଟାଟ୍ୟତେ, ଅଶ୍‌ – ଅଶାଶ୍ଯତେ।
୩ । ଗତ୍ୟର୍ଥକ ଧାତୁରୁ କେବଳ କୌଟିଲ୍ୟ ବା ବକ୍ରତା ଅର୍ଥରେ ବିକଳ୍ପରେ ଯଙ୍‌ ହୁଏ । ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ବା ଅତିଶୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ। ଯଥା- କୁଟିଳମ୍‌ ଅଟତି – ଅଟାଟ୍ୟତେ, କୁଟିଳଂ ଗଚ୍ଛତି – ଜଙ୍ଗମ୍ଯତେ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
୪। ଯଙ୍୍‌ ପ୍ରତ୍ଯୟାନ୍ତ ଧାତୁର ପୂର୍ବଭାଗର ଗୁଣ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା ଶୁଚ୍‌ – ଶୋଶୁଚ୍ଯତେ, ଦୀପ୍‌- ଦେଦୀପ୍ଯତେ, ଲୁପ୍‌ –
ଲୋଲୁପ୍ୟତେ, ଭୁଜ୍‌ – ବୋଭୁଜ୍ୟତେ, ଲିଖ୍‌ – ଲେଲିଖ୍ୟତେ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 ଯଙନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

୫। କେତେକ ଯନ୍ନ୍ତ ଧାତୁର ଲଟ୍‌ ପ୍ରଥମପୁରୁଷ ଏକବଚନରେ ରୂପ –
ଦା – ଦେଦୀୟ – ଦେଦୀୟତେ
ସ୍ମ – ସାସ୍ମର୍ଯ୍ୟ – ସାସୁର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ
ହନ୍‌ – ଜେଘ୍ୀୟ – ଜେଘ୍ଵୀୟତେ
ହନ୍‌ ( ଗତି ) – ଜଘନ୍ୟ – ଜଘନ୍ୟତେ
ନୃତ୍‌ – ନରୀନୃତ୍ୟ – ନରୀନୃତ୍ଯତେ
ଗ୍ରହ – ଜରୀଗୃହ୍ଯ – ଜରୀଗୃହ୍ଯତେ
ପ୍ରଛ୍ଚ – ପରୀପୂଚ୍ଛ୍ୟ – ପରୀପୃଚ୍ଥ୍ୟତେ
ଶୀ – ଶାଶଯ୍ୟ – ଶାଶଯ୍ୟତେ
ଜ୍ଵଳ୍‌ – ଜାଜ୍ଵଲ୍ଯ – ଜାଜ୍ଵ୍‌ଲ୍ଯତେ ।
ନୀ – ନେନୀୟ – ନେନୀୟତେ
ରୂଦ୍‌ – ରୋଦୁଦ୍ୟ – ରୋରୁଦ୍ୟତେ
କୃ – ଚେକ୍ରୀୟ – ଚେକ୍ରୀୟତେ
ପା – ପେପୀୟ -ପେପୀୟତେ

ଅଭ୍ୟାସଃ:
୧। ଏକପଦୀ କୁରୁତ। (ଏକପଦ କର।)
( ଭୃଶଂ) ପୁନଃ ପୁନର୍ବା ପତତି। ପୁନଃ ପୁନର୍ଭବତି । କୁଟିଳମ୍‌ ଅଟତି। ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ( ଅତିଶୟେନ ବା) ହରତି । ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ଜାୟତେ। ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ପୃଚ୍ଛତି। ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ପଶ୍ୟତି। ଅତିଶୟେନ ରୋଦିତି।
Answer:
( ଭୃଶଂ) ପୁନଃ ପୁନର୍ବା ପତତି – ପପାତ୍ୟତେ
ପୁନଃ ପୁନର୍ଭବତି – ବୋଭୟତେ
କୁଟିଳମ୍‌ ଅଟତି – ଅଟାଟ୍ୟତେ
ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ( ଅତିଶୟେନ ବା) ହରତି – ହିହର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ
ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ଜାୟତେ – ଜିଜାୟତେ
ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ପୃଚ୍ଛତି – ପରିପୃଚ୍ଛ୍ୟତେ
ପୁନଃ ପୁନଃ ପଶ୍ୟତି – ଦିଦୃଶତେ
ଅତିଶୟେନ ରୋଦିତି – ରୋରୂଦ୍ୟତେ

୨। ଯଙନ୍ତଧାତୁରୂପୈଃ ଶୂନ୍ଯସ୍ପାନାନି ପୂରୟତ। (ଯଙ୍ନ୍ତ ଧାତୂ ରୂପରେ ଶୂନ୍ୟଯସ୍ଫାନ ପୂରଣ କର। ) (ଲଟ୍‌ -ପ୍ରଥମ ପୁରୁଷୈକବଚନେ )
(କ) ବାଳକାଃ ଗାମଂ ___________________ (ଗମ୍‌)
Answer:
ଜଙ୍ଗମ୍ୟନ୍ତେ

(୧) କୃଷଃ ଗଣିତଂ ______________________ (ପଠ୍‌)
Answer:
ପିପଠ୍ୟତେ

(ଗ) ଅଗ୍ନିଃ ଯଜ୍ଞଶାଳାୟାଂ _________________ ( ଜଳ୍‌ )
Answer:
ଜାଜୁଲ୍ୟତେ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 ଯଙନ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରକରଣ

(ଘ) ସୀତା ଜଳଂ __________________ (ପା)
Answer:
ପେପୀୟତେ

(ଡ) ଶିକ୍ଷକଃ ସମତଂ __________________ (ବଦ୍‌)
Answer:
ଏଏଦ୍ୟତେ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ବିଧାନ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ବିଧାନ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10 Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ବିଧାନ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ବିଧାନ

ଧାତୁ ତିନିପ୍ରକାର- ଆତ୍ମନେପଦୀ, ପରସ୍ମନୈପଦୀ ଓ ଉଭୟପଦୀ । କିନ୍ତୁ ବିଶେଷ- ବିଧାନ ଅନୁସାରେ ଉଭୟପଦୀ ଧାତୁରୁ କେବଳ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦ ହେବା ବୀ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ହେବା, ଆତ୍ନେପଦୀ ଧାତୁରୁ ପରସ୍ପୈପଦ ହେବା ଓ ପରସ୍ପୈପଦୀ ଧାତୁରୁ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦ ହେବା ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ଯଥା- ଗମ୍‌ – ପରସ୍ପୈପଦ କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂଗମ୍‌ – ଆତ୍ନେପଦ ଏବଂ ଶାସ୍‌- ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ କିନ୍ତୁ ଆଶାସ୍‌ – ଆତ୍ନେପଦ । ରାମାୟଣାଦି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଦୁମାନଙ୍କରେ ଅବଶ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟୁତ୍‌କ୍ରମରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଦେଖ୍‌ବାକୁ ମିଳେ । ଯଥା-ମନୁଷ୍ୟାଣାଂ ସହସ୍ରେଷୁ କଣଶ୍ଚିଦ୍‌ ଯତତି (ଯତତେ) ସିଦ୍ଧୟେ । ବିଜେଷ୍ୟତି (ବିଜେଷ୍ୟତେ ) ରଣେ କର୍ଣ୍ଣମିତି ମେ ନାତ୍ର ସଂଶୟଃ, ନ ନିଦ୍ରାମ୍‌ ଅଲଭତ୍‌ ( ଅଲଭତ) ନିଶି। ଏସବୁ ଆର୍ଷ ହେତୁ ଏଠାରେ ଆଲୋଚ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ ।

୧ । ଅନୁ ଓ ପରା-ପୂର୍ବକ କୁ ଧାତୁ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ ହୁଏ ।
ଯଥା – (i) ଶିଶବଃ ଅନ୍ଯାନ୍‌ ଅନୁକୁର୍ବନ୍ତି ।
Answer:
ଶିଶୁମାନେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରନ୍ତି ।

(ii) ଅୟଂ ପରମତଂ ପରାକରୋତି (ଖଣ୍ଡୟତି)।
Answer:
ଇଏ ଅନ୍ୟ ମତକୁ ଖଣ୍ଡନ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।

୨ । ବି, ପରି, ଉପ ଓ ଆ ଉପସର୍ଗପୂର୍ବକ ରମ୍‌ ଧାତୁରୁ ପରସ୍ପୈପଦ ହୁଏ ।
(i) ଯଥା- ତଂ ପାପାଦ୍‌ ବିରମ ।
Answer:
ତୁମେ ପାପରୁ ବିରତ ହୁଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ବିଧାନ

(ii) ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ବାଳକାଃ ପରିରମନ୍ତି (କୀଡ଼ନ୍ତି)
Answer:
ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ପିଲାମାନେ ଖେଳୁଛନ୍ତି ।

(iii) ସାଧବଃ କୁଟୀରେଏପି ଆରମନ୍ତି (ସୁଖମନୁଭବନ୍ତି ) ।
Answer:
ସାଧୁମାନେ କୁଡ଼ିଆରେ ମଧ୍ଯ ସୁଖ ଅନୁଭବ କରନ୍ତି ।

(iv) ଯଜ୍ଞଦତ୍ତଃ ଦେବଦତ୍ତମ୍‌ ଉପରମତି (ଉପରମୟତି ) ।
Answer:
ଏଠାରେ ଉପ-ରମ୍‌ ଧାତୁ ଣିଜନ୍ତ ଉପ-ରମ୍‌ ଧାତୁର ଅର୍ଥ ବହନ କରୁଅଛି । ଯଜ୍ଞଦତ୍ତ ଦେବଦତ୍ତକୁ ବିରତ କରାଉଛି ।

୩ । ଣିଜନ୍ତ ବୁଧ, ଯୁଧ୍‌, ନଶ୍‌, ଜନ୍‌, ଅଧୟନାର୍ଥକ ଅଧ୍ପୂର୍ବକ ଇ, ପୁ, ଦୁ, ସୁ ଧାତୁରୁ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ହୁଏ ।
ଯଥା – ବୋଧୟତି (ବିକାସୟତି), ଯୋଧୟତି, ନାଶୟତି, ଜନୟତି, ଅଧାପୟତି, ପାବୟତି (ଚାଳୟତି/ପାପୟତି), ଦ୍ରାବୟତି ( ଲାପୟତି/ ଧାବୟତି ), ସାବୟତି ( ସ୍ଯନ୍ଦୟତି/ ପ୍ରବାହୟତି ) ।

୪ । ଆତ୍ମନେପଦଲାଗି ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କାରଣ ବହିର୍ଭୂତ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ । ଅଷ୍ଟାଧ୍ୟାୟୀରେ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦ- ବିଧାନ ପ୍ରବର୍ଭକ ୬୬ଟି (ପ୍ରଥମ ଅଧ୍ୟାୟ- ତୃତୀୟପାଦ- ସୂତ୍ରକ୍ରମ ୧୨-୭୭) ନିୟମସୂତ୍ର ପ୍ରଣୀତ । ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ହେଉନଥ୍ବା ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁରୁ କର୍ରୂବାଚ୍ୟରେ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ହୁଏ । ଯଥା- ନି -ପୂର୍ବକ ବିଶ୍ଧାତୁ “ ନେର୍ବିଶଃ” (ଅ.୧୧ / ୧୩/୧୭) ସୂତ୍ର ଅନୁସାରେ ଆତ୍ମନେପଦୀ । ମାତ୍ର ଆ/ ପ୍ର- ପୂର୍ବକ ବିଶ୍‌ଧାତୁ ପରସ୍ମୈପଦୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ପ୍ରୟୋଗରେ ନିବିଶତେ ହେଲାବେଳେ ଅପରପକ୍ଷରେ ଆବିଶତି ବା ପ୍ରବିଶତି ହୁଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf

BSE Odisha Class 10 Sanskrit Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

BSE Odisha 10th Class Sanskrit Grammar Book Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation & Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha [Third Language Sanskrit (TLS)]

Part I: Objective
1. ୫୦ ପଦ ସମ୍ବଳିତ ଏକ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ଆଧାରରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ୪ଟି ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତର ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରାଯିବ। ୫ ଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
2. ସକାରଣ ବିଭକ୍ତି ନିରୂପଣ – ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ୫ଟି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
3. ସନ୍ଧି ଓ ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ (ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ) (1 × 5 = 5)
4. ସମାସନାମ / ସମସ୍ତପଦ / ବ୍ୟାସବାକ୍ୟ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ (ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ) (1 × 5 = 5)
5. ଭ୍ରମ ସଂଶୋଧନ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟର ସନ୍ଧି ଓ କାରକରୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (1 × 5 = 5)
6. ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବ୍ୟାକରଣରୁ ୫ଟି ଏକପଦୀକରଣ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟଗତ। (1 × 5 = 5)
7. କାରକ ବିଭକ୍ତି ଆଧାରରେ ୫ଟି ପଦ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରି ବାକ୍ୟ ରଚନା। (1 × 5 = 5)
8. ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ (କୃଦନ୍ତରୁ ୫ଟି) (1 × 5 = 5)
9. ଗଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ। (1 × 5 = 5)
10. ଗଦ୍ୟରୁ ୫ଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ଦିଆଯିବ। ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦକୁ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ରଖୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚରାଯିବ। ଯଥା – ରାମଃ ଗୃହଂ ଗଚ୍ଛତି । କଃ ଗୃହଂ ଗଚ୍ଛତି? (1 × 5 = 5)
Total = 50 Marks
କିମ୍ବା, ବହୁବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର (1 × 50 = 50 Marks)

Part II: Subjective
1. ଗଦ୍ୟରୁ ୨/୩ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି ଉତ୍ତର କ, ଖ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (5 × 2 = 10)
2. ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ୨/୩ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି ଉତ୍ତର କ, ଖ ବିକଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଦିଆଯିବ। (5 × 2 = 10)
3. ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ୫ଟିର ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତର। (2 × 5 = 10)
4. ଗଦ୍ୟ ବିଭାଗରୁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ୫ଟିର ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତର। (2 × 5 = 10)
5. ମାତୃଭାଷାରୁ ସଂସ୍କୃତରେ ୫ଟି ଅନୁବାଦ। (2 × 5 = 10)
Total = 50 Marks
Grand Total: Part-I (50) + Part-II (50) = 100 Marks

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Subject – Verb Agreement

  • Subject – verb agreement means the use of correct verb as per the person or number of the subject. [Subject -Verb agreement ହେଉଛି Subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ବା ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର ।]
  • Now see how verbs are used in agreement with the person(s) and number(s) of the subject(s).
    (ଏବେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ କିପରି Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

1. I am a teacher. [am = verb]
I = subject [first person / singular number]
2. Harishankar teaches well. [teaches = verb, Harishankar = subject (third person / singular number)]
3. The teachers in this school teach well, [teach = verb, teachers = subject (third person / plural number)]

Use of Singular Verbs :

1. Two nouns conveying the same meaning placed together only for purpose.
(ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣାତ୍ମକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ରଖୁ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିଲେ)
Example:
(i) The honour and glory (ଗୌରବ) of my countrymen is uppermost (ସବୁଠାରୁ ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ) in my mind.
(noun) (noun)
The power (କ୍ଷମତା) and influence (ପ୍ରଭାବ) Gandhiji exerted over the Indian masses (ଭାରତୀୟମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥିଲେ) was really great.

2. Two nouns combined by ‘and’ expressing a single idea.
(i) The sum and substance of the poem is given below. (summary = ସାରକଥା)
(noun) (noun)
(ii) Making a promise and not honouring it is against my principle.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

3. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣ ବାଚକ ପଦ) ‘A lot of, ‘a great deal of ‘plenty of, ‘lots of referring to amount or quantity takes singular verb. (ପରିମାଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକ ବଚନ ହୁଏ)
Examples:
(i) A lot of time was spent on preliminary (ପ୍ରାଥମିକ) enquiries (ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ). (time – uncountable noun / quantity)
(ii) Lots of food has been distributed (ବଣ୍ଟନ କରାଯାଇଛି) among the poor. (food – quantity)
(iii) Plenty of help is available. (help – amount)

4. Collective noun considered as a whole (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏକ ସାମଗ୍ରିକ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଭାବରେ ବିବେଚିତ ହେଉଥିଲେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) in its opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The government has made some major (ମୁଖ୍ୟ) changes in its foreign policy. (government – collective noun)

5. “More than one + singular noun” takes singular verb.
Examples:
(i) More than one person (singular noun) has been honoured with Bharat Ratna this year.
(ii) More than one flower (singular noun) was faded (ମଉଳି ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା).

6. In mathematical expressions ‘is’ is generally used.
Examples:
(i) Two plus two is four.
(ii) Six minus (ବିଯୁକ୍ତ) two is four.
(iii) Two times two (୨ରେ ୨ ଗୁଣନ କଲେ) is four.

7. When an expression of amount, distance, weight, height or time is spoken of as a single unit, it is of ten used us a singular subject.
[ପରିମାଣ, ଦ,ରତା, ଓଜନ, ଉଚ୍ଚତା, ସମୟକୁ ଏକକ ରୂପେ କୁହାଗଲେ, ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ singular subject ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତାର,ପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
Examples
(i) Six weeks is a long vacation. (ଛ’ସପ୍ତାହ ଏକ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଛୁଟି ।)
(ii) Sixty minutes makes an hour. (୬୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟା ହୁଏ ।)
(iii) Five hundred rupees is what I get from my work a day. (ମୁଁ ଦିନକୁ ମୋ କାମରୁ ୫ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଏ ।)
(iv) Two kilos of tea costs six hundred rupees. (୨ କେ.ଜି. ଚାହାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ୬ ଶହ ଟଙ୍କା ।)

8. When two nouns are closely related to each other, are joined by ‘and’, they are sometimes considered as a single unit.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇ ଏକ ଏକକକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ଟି singular ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Bread and butter is my favourite breakfast. (ରୁଟି ଓ ଲହୁଣୀ ମୋର ପ୍ରିୟ ସକାଳଖାଦ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Slow and steady wins the race. (ଧୀରପାଣି ପଥର କାଟେ ।)
(iii) A horse and carriage was at the door. (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଗାଡ଼ିଟି ଦ୍ବାର ପାଖରେ ଥିଲା ।)
(iv) Truth and honesty is the best policy. (ସତ୍ୟ ଓ ସାଧୁତା ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ଗୁଣ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) Cury and rice was his favourite food. (ତରକାରୀ ଓ ଭାତ ତାହାର ପ୍ରିୟ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)

9. Some collective nouns like clothing, food, furniture, stationery, being singular, take singular verbs.
[କେତେକ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ; ଯଥା – clothing (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର), food, furniture (ଆସବାବପତ୍ର), stationery (ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ), poetry (କବିତା ଗୁଡ଼ିକ) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଏକବଚନ ଥିବାରୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The furniture needs to be repaired. (ଆସବାବପତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମରାମତି ଦରକାର ।)
(ii) The clothing has been soiled. (ପୋଷାକପତ୍ର ଧୂଳି ଧୂସରିତ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The poetry of Shakespear is excellent order. (ସେକ୍‌ସପିୟରଙ୍କର କବିତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚକୋଟୀର ।)
(iv) Stationery is sold in his shop. (ତାହାର ଦୋକାନରେ ମନୋହରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ ।)

10. The sentence begins with ‘One of phrase, takes singular verb.
[‘One of” ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) One of my friends lives in the nearby village. (ମୋର ଜଣେ ସାଙ୍ଗ (ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଜଣେ) ନିକଟବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗ୍ରାମରେ ବାସ କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) One of the mangoes is green. (ଆମ୍ବ ଭିତରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ (ଆମ୍ବ) କଞ୍ଚା ଅଟେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

11. The Subject phrase beginning with either of, neither of, none of the verb becomes usually singular.
[either of, neither of, none of କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Either of the boys has got a prize. (ଦୁଇ ବାଳକଙ୍କ ଭିତରୁ ଜଣେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁରସ୍କାର ପାଇଛି ।)
(ii) Neither of the chairs looks beautiful. (ଦୁଇଟି ଚେୟାର୍ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ଚେୟାର୍ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦେଖାଯାଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) None of the students was selected. (କୌଣସି ପିଲାଙ୍କୁ ବଛାଗଲା ନାହିଁ ।)

12. ‘Each of takes singular verb :
[‘Each of ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject phrase ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Each of the doctors was given a medal. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରି ପଦକ ଦିଆଗଲା ।)
(ii) Each of the boys is clever enough to answer your question. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ତୁମ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ଚତୁର ।)

13. The Subject phrase taking ‘the number’ of in the beginning takes singular verb.
[The number of (ସଂଖ୍ୟକ) ବାକ୍ୟାଶରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା Subject ସହିତ Singular verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The number of the sick children is increasing in India. (ଭାରତରେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବଢ଼ୁଛି ।)
(ii) The number of books stolen was fifty. (ଚୋରି ହୋଇଥିବା ବହି ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୫୦ ଥିଲା ।)

14. If the subject is a noun clause, the verb is singular.
[ଯଦି କଇଁ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ / ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ, ତା’ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଟି ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) What you say, is beyond my understanding. (ତୁମେ କ’ଣ କରୁଛ, ମୋ ବୁଝିବା ବାହାରେ ।)
(ii) What he was doing all these days was a mistery. (ଆଜିକାଲି ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲା ଏକ ରହସ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)
(ii) That she is alive is good news. (ଯେ ସେ ବଞ୍ଚୁଛି ଏକ ଭଲ ଖବର (ଅଟେ) ।)
(iv) What Manas does these days does not concern me. (ଆଜିକାଲି ମାନସ କ’ଣ କରୁଛି ମୋର ଏଥୁନେଇ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାର ନାହିଁ ।)

15. Uncountable Noun ending in-‘s’ take singular verbs.
[-‘s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିବା Uncountable Noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
ଏହି ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା :
Statistics (ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ), Mathematics, Physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ), Economics (ଅର୍ଥନୀତି), News (ସମ୍ବାଦ/ସମାଚାର), Measles (ମିଳିମିଳା), Mumps (ଗଳାଫୁଲା), etc.
Examples :
(i) Mumps is a dangerous disease. (ଗଳାଫୁଲା ଏକ ବିପଜ୍ଜନକ ରୋଗ ।)
(ii) The bad news travels fast. (ଦୁଃସମ୍ବାଦ ଶୀଘ୍ର ବ୍ୟାପିଯାଏ ।)
(iii) Physics has always been a tough subject for the students. (ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ ସର୍ବଦା ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଜଟିଳ ବିଷୟ ହୋଇ ଆସିଛି ।)
(iv) The scenery of Darjeeling is charming. (ଦାର୍ଜିଲିଂର ଦୃଶ୍ୟାବଳୀ ରମଣୀୟ ଅଟେ ।)
(v) The jewellery was old but costly. (ଗହଣା ପୁରୁଣା କିନ୍ତୁ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ ଥଲା ।)

16. Name of shops ending in -‘s’ takes singular verb.
[ଦୋକାନର ‘ନାମ’ –‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, କାରଣ ଏହା ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୋକାନର ନାମକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The Giri Opticals is in front of the Secondary Board High School. (ଗିରି ଚଷମା ଦୋକାନ ମାଧ୍ୟମିକ ବୋର୍ଡ଼ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଅବ ସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(ii) The Saurabh Books stands near the school gate. (ସୌରଭ ପୁସ୍ତକ ଭଣ୍ଡାର ସ୍କୁଲ ଗେଟ୍‌ ପାଖରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।)
(iii) The United States is a powerful country. (ଯୁକ୍ତରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଏକ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ଦେଶ ଅଟେ ।)
(iv) Romeo and Juliet is a moving tragedy. (“ରୋମିଓ ଓ ଜୁଲିଏଟ’’ ଏକ କରୁଣ କାହାଣୀ ।)

17. Name of important books / poems / novels, etc. ending in ‘s’, takes singular verb.
[ଲୋକପ୍ରିୟ ପୁସ୍ତକ/ କବିତା / ଉପନ୍ୟାସ / ନାଟକର ନାମ ‘s’ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ଶେଷ ହେଉଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ Singular verb ବସେ; କାରଣ ତାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ପୁସ୍ତକକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।]
Examples :
(i) Lines written in March is a beautiful poem of Wordsworth. (Lines written in March ୱାର୍ଡ଼ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥଙ୍କର ସୁନ୍ଦର କବିତା ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Gulliver’s Travels was written by Jonathan Swift. (ଜୋନାଥନ୍ ସ୍ବିଫ୍‌ଟଙ୍କ ଦ୍ଵାରା Gulliver’s Travels ରଚିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।)

18. The Subject phrase having with ‘A/an…of’ structure, takes singular verb.
[‘A/ an.. of ଥିବା କର୍ରାର ବାକ୍ୟାଶ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) An army of soldiers is in the border. (ଦଳେ ସୈନ୍ୟ ସୀମାରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A team of doctors is conducting the operation. (ଦଳେ ଡାକ୍ତର ଅସ୍ତ୍ରୋପଚାର କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) A troupe of monkeys has lived in this tree. (ଦଳେ ମାଙ୍କଡ଼ ଏହି ଗଛରେ ରହି ଆସୁଛନ୍ତି ।)

19. When the subject begins with ‘A pair of + plural noun ‘, the verb becomes singular. (କର୍ତ୍ତା A pair of + ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) A pair of shoes is lying in the corner. (ହଳେ ଜୋତା କୋଣରେ ପଡ଼ିଛି ।)
(i) A pair of scissors was needed to cut the paper. (କାଗଜ କାଟିବାପାଇଁ କଇଁଚିଟିଏ ଦରକାର ହେଉଥିଲା ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

20. ‘Many a + singular noun ’and‘ more than one’ take singular verbs.
(Many a + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଏବଂ more than one + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ କର୍ତ୍ତା ଆକାରରେ ଥିଲେ, କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Many a man has sacrificed his life for this cause. (ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ଏହି ମହାନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) More than one person has been involved. (ଏକାଧିକ ଲୋକ ଏଥରେ ଜଡି଼ତ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)

21. ‘Each / Every’ + singular noun takes singular verbs. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ Each / Every + singular noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples :
(i) Each boy and each girl was in her best dress. (not ‘their’). (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳକ ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାଳିକା ନିଜନିଜର ସୁନ୍ଦରତମ ପୋଷାକରେ ଥିଲେ ।)
(i) Every night and every day brings its own responsibility. (not ‘their’) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ରାତି ଓ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଦିନ ନିଜର ଦାୟିତ୍ଵ ଆଣିଥାଏ ।)

22. The + singular noun with the plural noun phrase takes singular verb.
(The + ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ସହ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) The town with the tall buildings looks beautiful. (town – first noun) (ଡେଙ୍ଗା / ଦୀର୍ଘ ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକା ସହ ସହରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦିଶୁଛି ।)
(ii) The tallest (man) of the youths has won the prize. (ଯୁବକମାନଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଜଣକ ପୁରସ୍କାର ଜିତିଛି ।)
(iii) The mother with her five children was standing there. ( ପାଞ୍ଚ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ସହ ମାଆ ସେଠାରେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ।)

23. Introductory ‘It’ is always followed by the singular verb, no mater whether the noun that follows it, is singular or plural.
(ଉପକ୍ରମିକ ‘It’ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ଏହା (It) ପରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଯାହା ରହିଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ।)
Examples :
(i) It is the people who must be aware of it. (ଲୋକମାନେ ହିଁ ଏହା ବିଷୟରେ ସଚେତନ ହେବା ଜରୁରୀ ।)
(ii) It was the colleges that objected to the decision of the government. (କଲେଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହିଁ ସରକାରଙ୍କର ନିଷ୍ପଭିକୁ ବିରୋଧ କରିଥିଲେ ।)

Use of Plural Verbs :

1. Collective noun when we think of its members individually
(ସଭ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କଲାବେଳେ)
Examples:
(i) The committee were divided in their opinion. (Committee – collective noun)
(ii) The police are running after the thief (Police – collective noun)

2. The name of a state, country or institution denotes a team.
Examples:
(i) India have defeated Australia in the first ODI.
(ii) Pakistan were defeated by England in the last series.

3. More + Plural noun + than one Plural Verb
Example:
More persons (Plural verb) than one have been honoured with Padma Shree.

4. A lot of / A great deal of / plenty of etc. refer to number- plural verb
Examples:
(i) Plenty of shops (plural noun) accept payments by credit card.
(1) Lots of people (plural noun) are taking part in the marathon.

5. Some nouns like police, people, poultry (କୁକୁଡ଼ା ପାଳନ), government, cattle (ଗାଈଗୋରୁ), teeth, feet, geese, etc. take plural verbs. [କେତେକ nouns; ଯଥା – police, people, poultry, cattle ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା plural verbs ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The cattle are grazing.
(ii) The government have kept all their promises. (ସରକାର ସେମାନଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ଶପଥ ପୂରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) The police have arrested the thief. (ପୋଲିସ୍ ଚୋରକୁ ଗିରଫ୍ କରିଛି ।)
(iv) The people were against price-list. (ଲୋକମାନେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବୃଦ୍ଧି ବିରୋଧରେ ଥିଲେ ।)

6. A number of + plural noun takes a plural verb.
[A number of ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା Plural verb (ବହୁ ବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) A number of children are suffering from cold and cough. (ବହୁତ ପିଲା ଥଣ୍ଡା ଓ କାଶର ଶିକାର ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) A number of chairs in this classroom have broken. (ଏହି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଅଧିକାଂଶ |ବହୁତ ଚେୟାର୍ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଯାଇଛି ।)

7. ‘The + adjective’ always takes Plural Verb as they refer to a group of people or people in general.
[‘The + adjective’ ସର୍ବଦା Plural Verb ଧାରଣ କରେ ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକ ବର୍ଗର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The rich always hate the poor. (ଧନୀମାନେ ସର୍ବଦା ଦରିଦ୍ରମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘୃଣା କରନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The blind are given training in handicrafts.(ଅନ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କୁ ହସ୍ତକଳା ବିଷୟରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
(iii) The dead have been buried. (ମୃତମାନଙ୍କୁ କବର ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. Pair Nouns (having two similar parts) take plural verbs.
[‘Pair Nouns (ଦୁ ଇଟି ସମାନ ଅଂଶକୁ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଧାରଣ କରିଥାଏ ।]
ଏହିଭଳି noun ହେଲା scissors, trousers, spectacles / glasses (ଚଷମା) shoes, pincers (ଚିମୁଟା), stockings (ମୋଜା), ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।
Examples:
(i) My spectacles have been mended. (ମୋ ଚଷମାଟିକୁ ମରାମତି କରାଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) The scissors need sharpening. (କଇଁଚି|କତୁରୀରେ ଧାର ଦେବା ଦରକାର ହେଉଛି ।)
(iii) Ther shoes are new and expensive. (ଜୋତା ନୂଆ ଓ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ।)

Singular or plural verbs :

1. If two nouns are joined by with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. the verb becomes Singular or Plural in agreement with the first noun.
[ବାକ୍ୟରେ ୨ଟି noun ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ with, as well as, in addition to, together with, along with, etc. ଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ପ୍ରଥମ noun ଅନୁସାରେ verb ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁ ଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) The teacher (first noun) with all his students has come. (ସମସ୍ତ ଛାତ୍ରଛାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) Population growth (first noun) in addition to other problems has made India poor. (ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ଲୋକସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ଭାରତକୁ ଦରିଦ୍ର କରିଛି ।)
(iii) Harish (first noun) as well as his brothers was responsible for the loss. (ହରିଶ ଏବଂ ତାହାର ଭାଇମାନେ କ୍ଷତି ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ ଥିଲେ ।)

2. If two nouns are joined by not only … but also, or, either …… or, neither ….. nor, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the nearer or second noun or noun phrase.
(ଯଦି ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ not only … but also or (କିମ୍ବା) either …… or ବା neither ….. nor ଆଦି Conjunctions ବା ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦଦ୍ୱାର ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ବା ୨ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Not only the doctor but also the nurses (2nd noun phrase) are to blame. (କେବଳ ଡାକ୍ତର ନୁହଁନ୍ତି, ସେବିକାମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ନିନ୍ଦାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।)
(ii) Rama or his friends (2nd noun phrase) have broken the glass. (ରାମ କିମ୍ବା ତା’ ବଂଧୁମାନେ ପ୍ଲାସ୍ଟିକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iii) Either you or I (2nd noun) am to leave this place. (ହୁଏତ ତୁମକୁ ବା ମୋତେ ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ିବାର ଅଛି ।)

3. Verb becomes Singular or Plural as per the number and person of the antecedent or noun phrase in the Relative clause.
[Relative clause ରେ ଥିବା antecedent ବା noun phrase ର ବଚନ୍ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) It is you who have insulted me. (you = noun phrase/antecedent) (ତୁମେ ହିଁ ମୋତେ ଅପମାନିତ କରିଛ ।)
(ii) It is Rajesh who is guilty. (Rajesh = noun phrase / antecedent) (ରାଜେଶ ହିଁ ଦୋଷୀ। ଏହା ରାଜେଶ ଯେ କି ଦୋଷୀ)
(iii) It is / who am to do this work first. (I = noun phrase / antecedent) (ମୋତେ ହିଁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏହି କାମ କରିବାର ଅଛି ।)

4. If the subject begins with a fraction, the verb becomes Singular or Plural as the noun that follows the fraction.
[ଯଦି କର୍ତ୍ତା fraction ବା ଭଗ୍ନାଂଶକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ fraction ପରେ ଥିବା। ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Two-thirds of the crop has been damaged. (crop = uncountable noun) (ଶସ୍ୟର ଦୁଇ-ତୃତୀୟାଂଶ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(ii) One-fourth of the books were gutted in the fire. (books = plural noun) (ଏକ-ଚତୁର୍ଥାଂଶ ବହି ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳି ପୋଡ଼ି ପାଉଁଶ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ।)

5. If ”and” connects two titles or designations of the same person, the verb is Singular (with ‘the’ before one (noun) and if the persons referred to are different (with the before each noun), the verb is Plural.
[ଯଦି ୨ଟି ଉପାଧ୍ ବା ପଦବୀ ଧାରଣ କରିଥିବା ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ସୂତ (କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ) ତା’ ହେଲେ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ Singular ବା ଏକବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ । ସେହିପରି ଯଦି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ଭିନ୍ନ ଥାଏ (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ଥାଏ), ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ପଦ Plural ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) The editor (noun) and publisher (noun) of the newspaper has come to the town. (ସମ୍ବପତ୍ରର ସଂପାଦକ ଓ ପ୍ରକାଶକ (ଏକବ୍ୟକ୍ତି) ସହରକୁ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) The Vice-President of India and the speaker of Lok Sabha are considering the proposal. (ଭାରତର ଉପରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି ଓ ଲୋକସଭାର ବାଚସ୍ପତି ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବଟିକୁ ବିବେଚନା କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।)(ଦୁଇ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)

6. If a collective noun or group noun is considered to be a single unit, verb is Singular but if we consider it as a collection of separate individuals we use Plural verb.
[ଯଦି ଏକ collective noun (ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ); ଯଥା – family, crowd, library, fleet, flock (ମେଣ୍ଢାପଲ), class(ଶ୍ରେଣୀ) ଏକ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀକୁ ବୁଝାଏ, verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Singular ହୁଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଶେଷମାନଙ୍କୁ ବୁଝାଏ, ତା’ ହେଲେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) Our family is a small one. (a single unit) (ଆମ ପରିବାର ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଅଟେ ।)
(ii) Our family have been divided into two groups. (separate individuals) (ଆମର ପରିବାର ଦୁଇଟି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି / ଦୁଇ ଭାଗ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।)
(iii) The fleet has set sail. (a single unit) (ଜାହାଜ (ଜଳ) ସବୁ ଏକତ୍ରିତ ହୋଇ ଯାତ୍ରା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଛନ୍ତି ।)
(iv) The fleet have scattered about having been attacked. (separate individuals) (ଆକ୍ରମଣ ପରେ ଜାହାଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଛତ୍ରଭଙ୍ଗ ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

7. When the sentence starts with a dummy ‘there’ the verb agrees with the logical or real subject that follows the verb.
[ଯେତେବେଳେ ବାକ୍ୟ dummy (ଛଦ୍ମବେଶୀ), there ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ, logical ବା real (ବାସ୍ତବ / ପ୍ରକୃତ) କର୍ତ୍ତା ଅନୁସାରେ verb (କ୍ରିୟା) Singular ବା Plural ହୁଏ ।]
Examples :
(i) There is a bag on the table.( a bag = real subject) (ଟେବୁଲ ଉପରେ ବ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେଟିଏ ଅଛି ।)
(ii) There were a lot of girls in this college. (a lot of girls = real subject) (ଏହି ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ଅନେକ ଝିଅ ଥିଲେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

8. The following plural nouns always take plural verbs. (‘-s’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହୋଇଥବା ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
(These nouns are always used in ‘s’ or ‘-es’)

annals (ପୃଷ୍ଠା) arms (ଅସ୍ତ୍ରଶସ୍ତ୍ର)
ashes (ପାଉଁଶ) assets (ସଂପରି)
clothes (ପୋଷାକ) auspics (ଶୁଭାଶୁଭ ଲକ୍ଷଣ, ପୂର୍ବାଭାଷ, ପୃଷ୍ଠପୋଷକତା)
credentials (ପ୍ରମାଣ) customs (ଟିକସ୍)
embers (ଜ୍ଵଳନ୍ତ କୋଇଲା ବା ଅଙ୍ଗାର) environs (ପରିବେଶ)
fetters (ବେଢ଼ି ବା ବନ୍ଧନ ବା ଶିକୁଳି) goods (ମାଲପତ୍ର)
leavings (ତ୍ୟାଗଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) links ( ସମ୍ପର୍କ)
nuptials (ବିବାହ ବନ୍ଧନ) adds (ସମ୍ଭାବନା)
proceeds (ଆଗୁଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ) premises (ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗଣ ବା ହତା ଘର, ସ୍କୁଲ ଆଦିର)
remains (ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟାଶ) riches (ଧନ, ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଚୁର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
savings (ସଞ୍ଚୟ) socks (ଛୋଟପିଲାମାନଙ୍କର ମୋଜା)
spectacles (ଚଷମା) stairs (ପାହାଚ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ)
statistics ( ସାଂଖ୍ୟକ ତଥ୍ୟ ସବୁ) thanks (ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ)
vitals (ମୁଖ୍ୟଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ସବୁ) wages (ମଜୁରି)
wares (ବିକ୍ରି ସାମଗ୍ରୀ)

Examples:
(i) Your clothes are expensive.
(ii) Her scissors were blunt (ମୁଣ୍ଡା).
(iii) These goods are for sale ( ବିକ୍ରିପାଇଁ).
(iv) The man’s wages are ₹300/- a day..
(v) (But the wages (reward ପୁରସ୍କାର) of sin (ପାପ) is death.)

9. There are several nouns, plural in form but singular in meaning. They nearly always require singular verbs. (ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ରୂପ (-s ବା -es) ରେ ସରୁଥୁବା କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ଅଟନ୍ତି । ଏଭଳି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

acoustics (ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) acronautics (ବିମାନ ଉଡ଼ାଣ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
alms (ଭିକ୍ଷା) analytics (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
Athens ( ଗ୍ରୀସ୍ ଦେଶର ରାଜଧାନୀ) athletics (ଦୌଡ଼, ଲମ୍ଫ ଥିବା କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା)
bellows ( ହାରମୋନିଅମ୍‌ର ପବନ ସଞ୍ଚାଳନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ବା କମାରର ଭାତି ବା ହାପର) billiards (ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଟେବୁଲ୍ ଉପରେ ତିନୋଟି ବଲ୍‌କୁ କାଠବାଡ଼ିରେ ଖେଳା ଯାଉଥିବା ଏକ ଦି ଜଣିଆ ଖେଳ ।)
civics (ନଗର ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) dynamics (ଗତି ବା ଗତି ବିଦ୍ୟା)
economics ( ଅର୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ) aesthetics (ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟତତ୍ତ୍ଵ)
ethics (ନୀତି) gallows (ଫାଶୀଖୁଣ୍ଟ)
hydraulics ( ଜଳଗତି ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) innings (କ୍ରିକେଟର ପାଳି)
linguistics ( ଭାଷାବିଜ୍ଞାନ) magnetics ( ଚୁମ୍ବକୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
mathematics (ଗଣିତ) measles (ମିଳିମିଳା)
mechanics ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଦ୍ୟା) metaphysics (ଅଧୂବିଜ୍ଞାନ / ସତ୍ୟଜ୍ଞାନ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
molasses (ଗୁଣ୍ଡ) mumps (ଗାଲ ବେକଫୁଲା ରୋଗ)
news (ଖବର) optics (ଚଷମା)
phonetics (ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ ବିଦ୍ୟା) physics (ପଦାର୍ଥ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ)
politics (ରାଜନୈତିକ ବିଜ୍ଞାନ) summons (କୋର୍ଟ ଡାକରା)
tactics (କୌଶଳ)

Notice :
What are your politics? (political beliefs)
But Politics is a dirty game.
All possible means have been tried. (ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ଉପାୟ)
But Every means has been tried.

Activity – 1 :

1. Choose the correct verbs given in brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) plenty of job opportunities for the people of this region.
Answer:
are (for opportunities)

(b) There (was /were) plenty of room for improvement in her work.
Answer:
was

(c) Two plus two (is / are) four.
Answer:
is

(d) Two twos (is / are) four.
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(e) Seventy kilometres (are / is) a long distance.
Answer:
is

(f) Fish and chips (is / are) not so expensive as chicken curry and rice.
Answer:
is

(g) A crowd (has / have) gathered in the street.
Answer:
has

(h) The assembly (was / were) divided on this issue.
Answer:
were

(i) The police (is / are) chasing the burglar.
Answer:
are

(j) Her clothing (is / are) waterproof.
Answer:
is

Activity – 2 :

2. Fill in the blanks with appropriate auxiliary verbs.
(a) Either of the boys _________ won a medal.
Answer:
has

(b) Neither of those officers _________ efficient.
Answer:
is

(c) One of his friends _________ able to speak English fluently.
Answer:
is

(d) Some honey _________ left in the pot.
Answer:
is

(e) The governor and chancellor of the university _________ been invited to this function.
Answer:
has

(f) Three-fourths of the crop _________ damaged by the flood.
Answer:
was / is

(g) Agreat deal of money _________ spent for his mother’s treatment.
Answer:
was

(h) A whole regiment of volunteers _________ working here.
Answer:
is

(i) The number of scholarships _________ increased this year.
Answer:
has

(j) These days mumps _________ not at all difficult to cure.
Answer:
is

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

Activity – 3 :

3. Rewrite the sentences choosing the correct alternative given in brackets:
(a) What he says about me (do / does) not affect me.
Answer:
does

(b) Ram as well as his friends (like / likes) to play football.
Answer:
like

(c) Neither rose nor jasmine (was / were) available in the market.
Answer:
was

(d) A pair of spectacles (were / was) lying on the bed.
Answer:
was

(e) The rich (lives / live) in affluence.
Answer:
live

(f) The Centerbury Tales (was / were) written by Chaucer.
Answer:
was

(g) Six weeks (are / is) a long vacation for students.
Answer:
live

(h) Your trousers (is / are) tom.
Answer:
live

(i) I am young and strong, (amn’t / aren’t) ?
Answer:
aren’t

(j) It is you who (has / have) insulted me.
Answer:
have

Activity – 4 : 

4. Choose the correct expression from the brackets and rewrite the sentences:
(a) There (is / are) people waiting to see you.
Answer:
are (people – real subject)

(b) Ours (is / are) a great nation, (isn’t it / aren’t they) ?
Answer:
is, isn’t it ?

(c) The police (has / have) a difficult job.
Answer:
have

(d) A lot of cattle (was / were) grazing in the field.
Answer:
were

(e) The youth (is / are) not so sincere.
Answer:
are

(f) The youth (was / were) more serious than his uncle.
Answer:
was (the young man)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

(g) Ill news (travel / travels) fast.
Answer:
travels

(h) Mumps (is / are) very unpleasant.
Answer:
is

(i) Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause / causes) diseases.
Answer:
cause

(j) There (is / are) a pair of spectacles on that shelf.
Answer:
is

At A Glance :
I. Look at the following sentences :
(i) Fish and meat aren’t available here.
(ii) Bread and butter is a wholesome food.
In the sentence (i) two singular nouns in the subject part fish and meast joined by and they take a plural verb.

ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କର୍ତ୍ତାରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ; ଯଥା – fish ଓ meat ଅନୁଯାୟୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ are ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି। ‘are’ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଯାହା fish ଓ meat ଭଳି ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ବା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ଅନୁସାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।

ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ subject part ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Bread ଓ butter ଦୁଇଟି ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତାହା ଏକ unit ବା ଏକକ ରୂପେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ଧାରଣାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି । ତେଣୁ Bread ଓ butter ସହିତ ଏକବଚନ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ is ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ଚୁକ୍ତି ରକ୍ଷା କରୁଛି ।

So a subject-verb agreement means the use of verb in accordance with the number and person of the subject.

କର୍ତାର ବଚନ ଓ ପୁରୁଷ ଅନୁସାରେ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାସହ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ subject-agreement କୁହାଯାଏ।
Some collective nouns such as government, committee, family, army, audience, class, community, company, council, enemy, majority, military, jury, public take plural verbs when they refer to individual members separately. But they can take a singular verb when they mean a
group as a single or whole body.

ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଲଗା ବା ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଭାବରେ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଓ ଏକ ଦଳ ବା ଗୋଷ୍ଠୀ ଅର୍ଥରେ ଏକବଚନ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।

1. (a) The government have levied high tax on the income groups.
(b) The government welcomes (ସ୍ଵାଗତ କରୁଛି) the proposal. (as single body)

2. (a) The committee are against the appointment (ନିଯୁକ୍ତି). (individual members)
(b) The committee was unanimous (ସର୍ବସମ୍ମତ) on the issue. (as a single body)

3. (a) Mr Mishra’s family have gone on holidays. (some of the members of the family)
(b) Mr Mishra’s family consists of (ଗଠିତ) five members. (family as a whole)

4. (a)The council meets today in the Town Hall. (as a single body)
(b) The council were divided in their opinions. (the individual members)

II. Look at the following sentences:
A group of people was standing at the gate.
A herd of cattle is sleeping under the tree,
When we use the collective noun phrases such as a group of (ଦଳେ), a flock of (ଦଳେ), a herd of (ଦଳେ/ଗୋଠେ), a band of (policemen /robbers) (ଦଳେ), a bevy of (ladies) (ଦଳେ ଭଦ୍ରମହିଳା), a body of (laws) (ନିୟମାବଳୀ), a gallery of (picture), a fleet of sheeps (ଜାହାଜଦଳ), a posse of (constables) (ଦଳେ) etc., they usually take singular verb.

(ଉପରଲିଖୁତ ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ, ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)

But, if we think of the group separately, a plural verb may be used. (କିନ୍ତୁ ଏଭଳି ସମଷ୍ଟିବାଚକକୁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଓ ଭିନ୍ନ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରୁ ଚିନ୍ତା କଲେ, ବହୁବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରିବ।)
A group of us are going to a study tour to Bhubaneswar.
A herd of cows were descending (ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ଆସୁଥୁଲେ) into the valley.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

III. Two nouns in the subject part take a singular verb if they refer to a single idea or single item. (Subject part ରେ ଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି noun ଏକ ଓ ଅଭିନ୍ନ ଧାରଣା ବା ଉପାଦାନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିଲେ singular verb ବୃବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
Bread and butter is my favourite food. (Bread and butter is taken together)
Truth and honesty is the best policy.
Slow and steady wins the race. (a man being slow and steady)
Courtesy (ସୁଜନତା) and gentlemanliness (ଭଦ୍ରାମି) is the finer quality of man.
The scholar and poet (one person as ‘the’ is used before one person ‘scholar’) is dead.
The poet and philosopher is alive.
The accountant and cashier (same person) has fled (ପଳାୟନ କରିଛି) with the bank’s money.
But, mark ‘the’ before each noun.
The scholar and the poet are dead. (two different persons)
The poet and the philosopherare alive. (two different persons)
The accountant and the cashier have fled with the bank’s money.

Subject Verb Agreement Additional Questions With Answers

Fill in the blanks with correct form of verbs in brackets.
1. Food ___________ necessary for living. (be)
Answer:
is

2. The furniture ___________ to be repaired. (need)
Answer:
need

3. The poultry _________ feed. (have)
Answer:
have been

4. Truth and honesty___________ the best policy. (be)
Answer:
is

5. Sixty years ___________ a long time. (be)
Answer:
is

6. One of my friends ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

7. It ___________ two miles to the beach. (be)
Answer:
is/was

8. There ___________ a book on the table. (be)
Answer:
is/was

9. Five kilos of sugar ___________ two hundred rupees. (cost)
Answer:
costs

10. The committee ___________ divided on this issue. (be)
Answer:
were

11. The jury ___________ selected its chairman. (have)
Answer:
has

12. All the books which have been placed on the table ___________ mine. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

13. Either of the boys ___________ got a prize. (have)
Answer:
has

14. Each of the students ___________ given a prize. (be)
Answer:
was

15. Some water ___________ left in the pot. (be)
Answer:
was

16. The Vice-President of India and the Chairman of Rajya Sabha ___________ his consent to the bill. (have)
Answer:
has

17. Two thirds of the water ___________ evaporated. (have)
Answer:
has

18. A lot of money ___________ spent last year. (be)
Answer:
was

19. A crowd of people ___________ shouting last night. (be)
Answer:
was

20. The number of children ___________ increasing. (be)
Answer:
is

21. Gymnastics ___________ compulsory in the school. (be)
Answer:
is

22. The news ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

23. What he says ___________ true. (be)
Answer:
is

24. Babul as well as his friends ___________ responsible for the loss. (be)
Answer:
is

25. Not only Ashish but also his classmates ___________ equally guilty. (be)
Answer:
are

26. A pair of shoes ___________ lying here. (be)
Answer:
is

27. The blind ___________ assistance of others. (need)
Answer:
need

28. It is you who ___________ wronged me. (have)
Answer:
have

29. The United States ___________ a powerful country. (be)
Answer:
is

30. The rich ___________ the poor. (hate)
Answer:
hate

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

31. Ours ___________ a great nation. (be)
Answer:
is

32. What he says about me ___________ not affect me. (do)
Answer:
does

33. The data ___________ not true. (be)
Answer:
are

34. A lot of cattle ___________ grazing. (be)
Answer:
are

35. The youth ___________ not so sincere. (be)
Answer:
are

36. Six weeks ___________ a long vacation. (be)
Answer:
is

37. Bad news ___________ fast. (travel)
Answer:
travels

38. The police ___________ on duty. (be)
Answer:
are

39. Neither of those officers ___________ efficient. (be)
Answer:
is/was

40. A number of children ___________ playing. (be)
Answer:
are

41. Three fourth of the crop ___________ damaged. (be)
Answer:
was

42. A herd of elephants ___________ seen in the jungle. (be)
Answer:
was

43. Some of the music ___________ excellent. (be)
Answer:
was

44. The radio you gave my children ___________ properly. (work)
Answer:
works

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 3 Subject Verb Agreement

45. Neither of them ___________ come. (have)
Answer:
has

46. Two plus two ___________ four. (be)
Answer:
is

47. Her clothing ___________ waterproof. (be)
Answer:
is

48. The committee ___________ unanimous on this issue. (be)
Answer:
was

49. The people of India ___________ hardworking. (be)
Answer:
are

50. The scissors old. (be)
Answer:
are

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

A. Read these lines from your textbook of class IX.
1. (a) felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ସାମନା କରିବାରେ ମୋତେ ସଙ୍କୋଚ ଲାଗିଲା ।)
(b) I wrote a letter announcing my departure.
(ମୋର ଫେରିଯିବା ବା ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ଘୋଷଣା କରି ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖଲି ।)

  • The underlined expressions are non-finite verbs. Because these verb forms have no agreement with the subjects. They only state purpose or cause.
  • Every simple sentence has a Finite Verb(s) and it always agrees with the subject. [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ଥାଏ ଏବଂ ସର୍ବଦା subject ବା କର୍ଚ୍ଚାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ସହିତ ଏହି ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Finite Verb) ର agreement ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) Seema writes letters. (Simple Sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘writes’ – Finite Verb/Present Simple tense.
Seema-Subject (third person and singular number)]

(ii) He did the work to please me. (Simple sentence)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘did’ – Finite Verb/Past Simple tense.]

(iii) Sehwag has scored two triple centuries in test cricket.
[ଏଠାରେ has scored – Finite Verbs/Present Perfect tense.]
(ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଉଛୁ ଯେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ରହିଛି ଯେହେତୁ ଏହାର tense ବା କାଳ ଅଛି ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • Apart from Finite Verbs, we have Non-Finite Verbs in the sentence.
    [Finite verb ବା ସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ି, ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା (Non-Finite Verbs) ମଧ୍ଯ ଥାଏ ।]
  • While Finite Verb has ‘tense’, Non-Finite Verb has ‘no tense’.
    [Finite Verb ର Tense ଥାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ର tense ନ ଥାଏ ।]
  • Finite Verb is the indispensable part in a sentence, but Non-Finite Verb is the additional/ optional part in a sentence.
    [Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅପରିହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଙ୍ଗ; କିନ୍ତୁ Non-Finite Verb ହେଉଛି ଏକ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବା ଇଚ୍ଛାଧୀନ ଅଙ୍ଗ ।]
  • A Non-Finite Verb is expressed by forms of a verb.
    [Verb ର ରୂପ ବା form ଦ୍ଵାରା Non-Finite Verb ସୂଚିତ ହୁଏ ।]

Examples:
(i) I hope to get a first class. (ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଥମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପାଇବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ ।)
[hope-Finite Verb (present simple tense), to get-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(ii) Seema left going to his house. (ସୀମା ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବା ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା ।)
[left-Finite Verb (past simple tense), going-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇନେଲେ ।)
[got -Finite Verb (past simple tense), examined-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

(iv) The headmaster let the boy go home. (ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ ବାଳକଟିକୁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
[let-Finite Verb (past simple tense), go-Non-Finite Verb (form)]

Remember :
A Non-Finite Verb has only form (s) and it has nothing do with the subject.
(ଏକ ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କେବଳ form ବା ରୂପ ଅଛି ଓ ବାକ୍ୟର subject ବା କର୍ତ୍ତା ସହିତ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ।

See the classification on Non-Finite verbs in the diagram below:
[Non-Finite Verb(s) ର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 1

(1) To-Infinitives
The following verbs generally take ‘to + infinitive’ immediately after them.
(ତଳଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟା ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ to + Infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

appear
begin
decide
deserve
fail
prefer
forget
remember
pretend
agree
attempt
desire
claim
demand
expect
fail
want
hope
intend
manage
learn
need
plan
prepare
refuse
wish

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I hope to see you again.
(ii) He requested me to help him.
(iii) They expect to travel by air.
(iv) He plans to visit Japan next year.
(v) The prisoners managed to escape.
(vi) We would prefer not to sit at the front.

(N.B ) (In the negative, ‘‘not’ comes after the to + infinitiveÿ))
(vii) They decided to stay in the open field.
(viii) Never pretend to be foolish.
(ix) Father has reminded me to go to the movie.

(2) -‘Ing’ Non-Infinitives :
The following verbs are usually followed by Verb-‘ing’.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ  – ing Non-infinitives ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

admit (ସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା)
appreciate (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିବା)
finish (ଶେଷ କରିବା )
consider (ବିବେଚନା କରିବା )
count on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
depend on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା)
feel like (want )
insist on (declare strongly)
look forward to (ପ୍ରତୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା)
think of
can’t/couldn’t help (avoid)
rely on (ନିର୍ଭର କରିବା )
delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା)
miss (ଛାଡ଼ି ଦେବା)quit (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
approve of (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରିବା)
deny (ଅସ୍ବୀକାର କରିବା)
enjoy (ଉପଭୋଗ କରିବା)
report (ବିବରଣୀ ଦେବା। ଜଣାଇବା)
resent (ଘୃଣା କରିବା)
hate resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା)
risk (ବିପଦ ବରଣ କରିବା)
give up (stop for ever)
object to (ବିରୋଧ/ପ୍ରତିବାଦ କରିବା)
put off (ସ୍ଥଗିତ ରଖୁବା)
succeed in (ସଫଳ ହେବା)
congratulate on ( ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇବା)
would you mind (ଦୟାକରି)
keep on (ଚାଲୁ ରଖୁବା )
practise (ଅଭ୍ୟାସ କରିବା)
recall (ମନେ ପକାଇବା)

Examples:
(i) Do you mind waiting a moment?
(ii) Someone suggested going for a walk.
(iii) I enjoyed getting up (ଉଠିବା) early in summer.
(iv) Have you finished doing your homework?
(v) I can’t help feeling depressed (ହତାଶ )sometimes.
(vi) The girl admitted not paying for the tickets.
(vii) Father has given up smoking.
(viii) I look forward to getting a sweet reply from my friend.
(ix) He objected to my behaving so rudely.
(x) Gandhiji succeeded in getting freedom for India.
(xi) The coach congratulated the Indian team on becoming the No.1 team in test format.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(a) Verb + Object (କର୍ମ) + V-‘ing’

Examples:
(i) I hate people laughing at me.
object
(ii) The girl loves young people admiring her beauty.
object
(iii) The job involves (ସଂପୃକ୍ତି) somebody risking his life.
object

(b) ‘Ing’ form in sentences beginning with ‘It’

Examples:
(i) It is no use/ no good arguing him.
(ତା’ ସହିତ ଯୁକ୍ତିକରି କିଛି ଲାଭ ନାହିଁ ।)

(ii) It was quite a thrilling experience visiting the Konark Temple.
(କୋଣାର୍କ ମନ୍ଦିର ବୁଲିଯିବା/ଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଏକ ରୋମାଞ୍ଚକାରୀ ଅନୁଭୂତି ଥିଲା ।)

(iii) It may be worth encouraging the boy to study hard.
(ବାଳକକୁ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ପାଠ ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା ଭଲ ।)

V-ing Form or To-infinitives
Often different verbs having close meanings in themselves take ‘to + infinitives’ or ‘ingform’. (ଅଧ୍କାଂଶ ସମୟରେ ପାଖାପାଖୁ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥ‌ିବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ To + infinitive ଓ ଆଉ କେତେକ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘ing-form’ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତି ।)

To + Infinitives -‘Ing’ Form
1. Raman decided to take a taxi. (‘decide’ takes only ‘to-inf.’’) 1. Raman suggested taking a taxi.
(‘suggested’ takes only a ‘v-ing’ form)
2. We are training to run uphill 2. We are practising running uphill. (ପାହାଡ଼
ଉପରକୁ)
(Here ‘training’ and ‘practicing are same in meaning.)
(ଏଠାରେ choseadmitted ପ୍ରାୟ ସମାନ ଅର୍ଥ ବହନ କରୁଛି ।)
3. The man chose not to buy a ticket. 3. The man admitted not buying a ticket.
4. The committee agreed to pay half the cost of blankets. 4. The committee recommended paying half cost of blankets.
5. I prefer to travel by air.
(a particular preference)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
5. I prefer travelling by air.
(a general preference)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ପସନ୍ଦ)
6. I forgot to do the homework.
(a particular occasion)
(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା)
6. I forgot doing the homework.
(a more common activity)
(ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ଘଟଣା ।)

Either ‘To+Infinitive’ or ‘V-Ing’ form But different Meanings
(ବିଭି ଅର୍ଥରେ – ‘Ing’ ଓ ‘To + Inf’ର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
(ନମ୍ନଲିଖତ verbs ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ‘to + infinitives’ ଓ ‘ing form’ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅର୍ଥ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

  • remember
  • forget
  • try
  • regret
  • mean
  • stop
  • go on
  • need
V +To + Infinitives V +Ing form
(i) I must remember to post the letter today.
(“Remember to post” means to first
remember and then to post)
(i) I remember seeing him in the * meeting hall.
(“remember seeing means to first see and then remember it later)
(ii) I forgot to sign the bill.
(a necessary action)
(ii) I’ll never forget visiting the zoo with my father. (memories of the past)
(iii) People tried to put out the fire.
(to attempt an action)
(iii) First people tried throwing water on the flame, but that didn’t work. (to do something which might
solve a problem)
(iv) I regret to inform you that your application has been rejected.
( ‘regret to inform’ means being
sorry for giving bad news at present)
(iv) I regret wasting so much time on visiting theatres.
( ‘regret wasting’ means feeling
sorry for some past action)
(v) At the next square (ଛକ), the man stopped to buy a book.
(to stop to do something)
(v) You had better (should) stop dreaming.
(end an action.)
(vi) The teacher introduced himself and went on to discuss, the first lesson.
(to do the next thing)
(vi) The teacher told the girls to be quiet but they just went on talking.
(continue doing something)
(vii) I need to leave by nine.
(necessary to do something)
(vii) The grass needs cutting. It has grown very long.
(needs to be done)

(3) Bare Infinitives
A bare infinitive is simply the base form like go, eat, dance, etc. of the verb.
(Bare-infinitive ହେଇଛି କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ମୂଳରୂପ; ଯଥା – go, eat, dance ଇତ୍ଯାଦି ।)

Patterns with Bare-infinitive:
(i) Verbs make, let, have take an ‘Object + bare infinitive’.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ; ଯଥା – make, let, have object ବା କର୍ମ ସହିତ bare infinitive ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(a) I made the girl dance. (ମୁଁ ଝିଅକୁ ନଚାଇଲି ।)
(the girl = object, dance = bare-infinitive)

(b) The teacher let the pupils go home early.(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେଲେ ।)
(thepupils = object, go = bare-infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(c) I’ll have the driver bring home your suitcase. (ମୁଁ ତୁମର ସୁକେଶ୍ୱକୁ driver ଦ୍ବାରା ଘରକୁ ମଗାଇ ଆଣିବି ।)

(ii) Verbs of perception such as see, hear,feel etc. take an object + bare infinitive after them.
[Verbs of perception ବା ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ object ବା କର୍ମ + bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]

(a) We saw the terrorists leave the building.
( terrorists = object, leave = bare infinitive)
(ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆକ୍ରମଣକାରୀମାନଙ୍କୁ କୋଠାଘର ଛାତ ଦେଇ ବାହାରିଯିବାର ଦେଖୁଲୁ ।)

(b) I heard someone knock on the door. (କେହି ଜଣେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍ ଠକ୍ କରିବାର ମୁଁ ଶୁଣିଲି ।)
(someone = object, knock= bare infinitive)

(c) He felt someone touch his shoulders. (କେହି ଜଣେ ତା’ କାନ୍ଧ ଛୁଇଁବାର ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲା)
( someone = object, touch = bare infinitive)

(iii) A bare infinitive is usually used after‘except’ and ‘but’.
(‘Except’ ଓ ‘but’ ପରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

(a) Our maid-servant does everything except do the washing-up.
(do = bare infinitive)
(= ଆମର ଚାକରାଣୀ ବାସନକୁସନ ମାଜିବା ଛଡ଼ା ଅନ୍ୟସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ ।)
This old man does nothing but shout all day.
(shout=bare infinitive)
(= ଏହି ବୁଢ଼ାଟି ଦିନସାରା ଚିତ୍କାର ଛାଡ଼ିବା ବ୍ୟତୀତ କିଛି କରେନାହିଁ ।)

Look at the following sentences :
(i) Will you help me carry the luggage ? (informal)
(carry = bare infinitive)
(ii) Will you help me to carry the luggage ? (formal)
(to carry = to infinitive)

N.B: With the verb of perception in Active Voice, the bare infinitive is changed into a to + infinitive.
(Active voice ରେ verb ofperception ଥ୍ଲେ Passive Voice ରେ Bare infinitiveg To + infinitive ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
Active Voice = I heard him cry.
(him = object, cry = bare infinitive)
Passive Voice = He was heard to cry, (to + infinitive)

(4) -‘EN’ forms

-‘En’ ବା -‘Ed’ is the third form of the base verb used as non-infinitive.
[‘-En’ ବା ‘-Ed’ ହେଉଛି ମୂଳ କ୍ରିୟାର ତୃତୀୟ ରୂପ ଯାହାକି non-infinitive verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।]
‘-En’ or ‘-Ed’ form is used after the verbs had or got with ‘an object’ to mean “to do get something done by somebody.”
[verb ର -Ed ବା -En form ‘had” ଓ ‘got’ verb ଓ object (କର୍ମ) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଇବା]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Examples:
(i) I had my letter typed. (ମୁଁ ମୋ ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଟାଇପ୍ କରାଇଲି)
(my letter = object, typed = ‘-en’ non-finitive)

(ii) You should have vourphoto taken. (ତୁମେ ତୁମର ଫଟୋ ଉଠାଇନେବା ଉଚିତ ।)
(yourphoto = object , taken= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

(iii) Father got both his eyes examined. (ବାପା ତାଙ୍କର ଆଖ୍ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଇଲେ ।)
(both his eyes =object, examined= ‘-en’ non-infinitive)

Difference between ‘Bare’ Infinitive and ‘Ing’ form

‘BARE’ Infinitive
(Completed action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
‘-ING’ Form/ Non-Infinitive
(Incomplete action)
(ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
Examples:
I saw him cross the road.
(ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)
I saw him crossing the road.
(ତାକୁ ରାସ୍ତା ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଲି ।)

Breaking of a sentence into two Simple Sentences :
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଦୁଇଟି ସରଳ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରିବାର ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା)
(i) Use ‘will’ omitting ‘to + infinitive ’.
(To + infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ ‘will’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ)

(ii) Use Past Simple Tense placing Bare-infinitive.
(Bare-infinitive କୁ ଉଠାଇ Past Simple Tense ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ)

Questions with Answers :
(i) I want my friend to get the prize, (‘to get’ = to + infinitive)
Answer:
My friend will get the prize. I want it.

(ii) India expects her people to do their work sincerely, (to do- to + ‘infinitive’)
Answer:
Her people will do their work sincerely. India wants it.

(iii) Our teacher made the girl do the sum. (do = bare infinitive)
Answer:
The girl did (past simple) the work.
Our teacher made it.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Know about Bare infinitives / Zero infinitives :
(i) The expressions like had better, had rather, would rather, sooner than, rather than
carry infinitives without ‘to ’.
Examples:

  • I would rather die than beg.
  • You had better take your father’s permission.
  • The king had ratherfight than surrender. (ଆତ୍ମସମର୍ପଣ କରିବା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ବରଂ ଯୁଦ୍ଧକଲେ)
  • I would rather wait till my friend comes.

(ii) Bare infinitive or Zero infinitive is used after dare and need in interrogative and negative forms.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ Modals ‘dare’ ଓ ‘need’ ପରେ bare infinitive ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
Dare you speak like this? (ତୁ ଏଭଳି କଥା କହି ପାରୁଛୁ ?)
You needn’t go near the hill. (ତୁମେ ପାହାଡ଼ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵକୁ ଯିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) If two infinitives are joined by ‘and’, the ‘to’ of the second is normally dropped.
(ଦୁଇଟି infinitive ‘and’ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ infinitive ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ‘to’ କୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)
Go there and work hard (to work).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to start today and do (to do) the needful.

To + Infinitive
Broadly speaking infinitives are oftwo kinds :
ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ infinitives (with ‘to’) are of two kinds.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms 2

1. Simple infinitive
It may be :
(i) the Subject to a verb (କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପେ) :
To smoke (ଧୂମପାନ କରିବା) is bad for health.
To drink (ମଦ୍ୟପାନ କରିବା) tells upon health (ଖରାପ କରିଥାଏ).

(ii) Object ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
Children love to play (ଖେଳିବାକୁ).
I intend (ଚାହୁଁଛି) to take part (ଅଂଶଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ) in the event (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାରେ).

(iii) Complement ofa verb (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) :
(after ‘be’ verbs is, am, are, was, were)
My foremost ( ସର୍ବପ୍ରଧାନ) duty is to build my character (ତିଆରି କରିବା).
His desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା) was to deliver the speech (ବକ୍ତୃତାଦେବା).

(iv) Object ofa preposition (ଏକ ବିଭକ୍ତିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ) :
The meeting is about to start, (about – preposition) (ସଭାଟି ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେବା ଉପରେ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

2. Qualifying infinitive
It is called qualifying infinitive because it is used to qualify a verb, a noun or an adjective.

(i) After the verb ‘be’ (is, are etc) to express a command, order or plan (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ, ଆଦେଶ ବା ଯୋଜନା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘be’ verb ପରେ ।
You are to stay here, (are – ‘be’ verb) (are to stay = must stay here) (ଏଠାରେ ରହିବାକୁ ହେବ ।)

→ Neelima is to go there, (must go there)
→ The orientation program is to start next month, (a plan).

(ii) a purpose (ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

→ Father wants to call on uncle. (ଦେଖାକରିବାକୁ । ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ)
→ Saroj went to the shop to buy medicine. (କିଣିବାପାଇଁ)

(iii) to qualify noun (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The girl has reason (noun) to smile. (ଝିଅର ହସିବା ପଛରେ କାରଣ ଅଛି ।)
→ It is time (noun) to close the counter.

(iv) to qualify an adjective (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବାପାଇଁ)
→ The tea is too hot to drink, (hot = adjective) (ଚାହାଟି ଏତେ ଗରମ ଯେ ପିଇ ହେଉନାହିଁ)
→ This house is decent to live in. (decent = adjective) (ରହିବାପାଇଁ ଘରଟି ସୁନ୍ଦର ହୋଇଛି ।)

(v) equivalent to an adjective clause.
a. Lend (ଧାର ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ) ।me some books that may read.
Answer:
Lend me some book to read.

b. He has no dresses which he can wear.
Answer:
He has no dresses to wear.

Non-Finite Verb Clause (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :
A non-finite verb clause begins with non-finite verb forms.
Examples:
(i) They made Seema write the letter. (ସେମାନେ ସୀମାଦ୍ଵାରା ଚିଠିଟି ଲେଖାଇଲେ ।)
(ii) I did not notice you raiseyour hand. (ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ତୋର ହାତ ଉଠାଇବାର ଦେଖଲି ନାହିଁ ।)
(iii) Please let us go home. (ଦୟାକରି ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ।)
(iv) You had better leave this place. (ତୁମର ଏହି ଯାଗା ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଯିବା ଭଲ ।)
(v) The teacher found the girlsplaying on theground. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଝିଅମାନଙ୍କୁ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଥିବାର ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ)

Non-finitive verbs (to + infinitives) directly followed by a noun/pronoun + a verb

Help :
(i) Please help me roll the stone, (bare infinitive)
(ii) No one can help you to pass the exam, (to + infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

See/find: We saw/found them eating (ଖାଇବାର) their lunch, (action in progress)

Get :
(i) I got him to do it. (to + infinitive) (ମୁଁ ତାହାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏହା କରାଇଲି)
(ii) He got the car moving (participle infinitive)
(iii) We got our food cooked, (past participle infinitive) (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ରନ୍ଧାଇ ନେଲୁ।)

Verbs of Perception (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)
(These verbs don’t take the progressive form (+ ing)
See :
(i) I saw them cross (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାର ) the road, (crossing completed)
(ii) I saw them crossing (ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବାର) the road, (crossing not completed)
Imagine : (i) I imagine (think/suppose, ମନେ କରୁଛି) this to be the explanation.

Process Verbs :
Keep :
(i) He kept listening to the radio.
(ii) She kept me (pronoun) waiting for an hour. ( ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରୁଥିଲା)

Start :
(i) He started to sing, (but was stopped.)
(ii) He started singing (singing continued for some time)
(iii) Please start the clock going, (clock-noun)

Begin :
(i) As soon as he came down from the university, he began writing novels
(ଉପନ୍ୟାସ), (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟମୂଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(ii) Suddenly it began to rain. (intentional action, ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟହୀନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(iii) I am beginning to grow old. (ମୁଁ ବୁଢ଼ା ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛି ।)

Finish :
(i) He finished writing the letters at 9.30 a.m.
Avoid (ଦୂରେଇ ରହିବା) :
(i) Sheela avoided making the same mistake again.

Verbs like complete, delay (ବିଳମ୍ବ କରିବା), escape (ଖସିଯିବା), practice, so belong to this group.
Examples: Let’s go fishing. (ଚାଲ ମାଛ ଧରି ଯିବା।)
Stand / sit: Theystood / sat talking.
Can’t help: (have no control over)
I can’t help falling asleep. (ମୁଁ ନ ଶୋଇ ରହି ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Verbs of effort (ଚେଷ୍ଟା) and achievement (କୃତିତ୍ଵ / ସଫଳତା)
manage: We managed to reach the village before dark. (ପହଞ୍ଚିବାରେ ସଫଳ ହେଲୁ)

try :
(i) Try to work harder. (Make an attempt)
(ii) A man tried walking more briskly (ଅଧୁକ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ବେଗରେ).
fail: She failed (ଅସଫଳ ହେଲା) to understand my point.

Verbs of Attitude (ମନୋଭାବ)
like :
(i) I like riding (ଘୋଡ଼ା ଚଢ଼ିବା) (like – enjoy)
(ii) I like to go to the temple every day. (I think it right)
(iii) I like going to the temple. (I enjoy my visits)

regret (ଦୁଃଖ କରିବା) :
(i) I regret to say that he is a fool. (I am sorry, but I have to say that)
(ii) I regret saying that he is a fool. (I am sorry that I said that)

miss: I don’t miss going to the library on Sunday.
risk: I can’t risk telling you the secret. (ତୁମକୁ ଗୁପ୍ତ କଥା କହି ମୁଁ ନିଜକୁ ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇ ପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।)

mind :
(i) We don’t mind sitting on the floor. (don’t object to it.)
(ଚଟାଣ ଉପରେ ବସିବାରେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଆପତ୍ତି ନାହିଁ)
(ii) Would you mind lending me your pen? (Please lend me your pen.)
enjoy: We enjoy travelling in holidays.

  • Causative verbs (ପ୍ରେରଣାର୍ଥକ କ୍ରିୟା) : They mean making someone do something.
  • help: We helped clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ) the room.

make :
(i) Sangeeta made me finish my work early.
(ii) I was made to finish my work early. (Passive)
(ମୋ ଦ୍ଵାରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସହଜରେ ଶେଷ କରାଗଲା।)
(iii) You must make your views known.
let : I won’t let you go home so early. (ମୁଁ ତୁମକୁ ଏତେ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଦେବି ନାହିଁ ।)

have :
(i) I have my hair cutonce a month. (I get my hair cut once a montyh)
(ମୁଁ ମାସକୁ ଥରେ ମୋର କେଶ କଟାଏ।)
(ii) They had all the prisoners shot

Functions of Non-Finite Verbs (ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

(i) As a Subject (କର୍ରାରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • Digging is hard work, {-‘mg’ non-infinitive)
  • To find fault with others is easy, (to + infinitive)

(ii) As an object (କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • She plans to buy some presents for her sister. (to + infinitive)
  • He would like to stay here for some days, {to + infinitive)

(iii)
(a) As a complement to the (ପୂରକ ରୂପେ) Verb ‘be’ (is/was)
Examples:

  • Our duty is protecting our motherland, {-‘ing’ form)
  • My aim is to be a doctor, {to + infinitive)

(b)With verbs ‘let’ and ‘make’
Examples:

  • The clerk made the girl fill in the form, {bare infintive)
  • The police officer let the gentleman go. {bare infintive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(iv) As an Adjunct (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:

  • They killed the snake to save the child, {to + infinitive)
  • I saw the beggar cross to the other side, {bare infinitive)

Activity – 1

Underline the non-finite verbs in the following sentences:
(a) He has been answering questions.
Answer:
been answering

(b) They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଶେଷ କରିଥ୍)

(c) She may have been helped by her brother.
Answer:
have been helped ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରାଯାଇଥାଇ ପାରେ)

(d) You should have been studying English Grammar more thoroughly.
Answer:
have been studying (ପଢ଼ିବା ଉଚିତ ହୋଇଥାନ୍ତା)

(e) The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଥବ)

Activity – 2

Break the following sentences into two simple sentences each.
(a) I want my friend to get the medal.
Answer:
My friend will get the medal. I want it.

(b) She helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
I did the exercise. She helped me.

(c) I hate telling lies.
Answer:
Telling lies is a sin (ପାପ). I hate it.

(d) I expect to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
I will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(e) I expect you to write a story by tomorrow.
Answer:
You will write a story by tomorrow. I expect it.

(f) Our teacher made us write the story.
Answer:
We wrote the story. Our teacher made it.

(Note: while breaking a sentence into two simple sentences, to + infinitive is replaced by will + main and bare infinitive by Past Simple tense.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 3

What are the functions (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) of the non-finite verbs clauses in the following sentences?
[The Junctions are: subject, object, complement, and adjunct]
(a) She plans to buy some presents for her sister.
Answer:
to buy- object

(b) Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
to get into – object/ adjunct

(c) He killed a snake to save the child.
Answer:
to save – adjunct

(d) I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing – complement

(e) To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
To find (fault) – subject

(f) He is to go abroad next month.
Answer:
to go – complement (after the ‘be’ verb ‘is’)

Activity – 4

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.
(Non-finite clause ଯୋଗକରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

(a) They made ________________ (I /do /it)
Answer:
They made me do it. (do – bare infinitive)

(b) The gardener won’t let ________________ (they / touch / the flowers)
Answer:
The gardener won’t let them touch the flowers. (touch-bare infinitive)

(c) We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse / the rude boys)
Answer:
We heard the beggar curse the rude boys. (curse – bare infinitive)

(d) The clerk does not allow _______________ (anyone / see / the files)
Answer:
The clerk does not allow anyone to touch the files. (to touch – to infinitive)

(e) Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) ____________________ (he / write / the letter)
Answer:
Please remind (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) him to write the letter. (to write – to infinitive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

Activity – 5

Complete the following sentences using the non-finite verbs given in brackets. Some of these non-finite verbs may go with a noun phrase of your choice.

(a) The teacher doesn’t let_____________ (make) a noise in the class.
Answer:
the pupils make

(b) I would like _______________ (meet) my uncle.
Answer:
to meet

(c) Hot weather makes___________(feel) uncomfortable.
Answer:
people /me feel

(d) Please remind _____________ (phone) Ashok tomorrow.
Answer:
me to phone

(e) The film was very sad. It made_____________ (cry).
Answer:
me / the audience

(f) Lata’s parents have always encouraged ___________________ (study).
Answer:
her (Lata) to study

(g) He would like _____________ (come) to the party.
Answer:
to come

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with to + verb (to + infinitive), j + verb (bare/zero infinitive), or verb+ing.
(a) I enjoy __________________ (play) on the river bank.
Answer:
playing

(b) Where do you want__________________ (go) ?
Answer:
to go

(c) I learned ______________ (swim) when I was eight years old.
Answer:
swimming (ସନ୍ତରଣ)

(d) I am trying ________________ (study). Please stop- (talk).
Answer:
to study (ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ), talking (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା)

(e) I don’t mind ______________ (travel) by bus but I prefer- (travel) by train.
Answer:
travelling (ଯାତ୍ରାକରିବା)

(f) She would not let me ________________ (read) the letter.
Answer:
read (ସେ ମୋତେ ଚିଠିଟି ପଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଦେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(g) Good bye. I hope ________________ (see) you soon.
Answer:
to see (ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ)

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with to + verb or $ + verb, using the verbs given in the list. Select the appropriate ones.
[climb, do, go, cry, clean, come, walk, laugh, sleep, hear]
(a) He is very funny, He makes me _______________.
Answer:
laugh (ହସାଏ)

(b) Please stay with me. I don’t want you _______________.
Answer:
to go (ଯିବାକୁ)

(c) Do you want to go on a bicycle? No, let’s _________________.
Answer:
walk (ଚାଲିକରିଯିବା)

(d) Don’t wake up tomorrow morning. Let me_________________ for some more time.
Answer:
sleep (ଶୋଇନିଏ)

(e) I helped my brother _______________ his room.
Answer:
clean (ସଫା କରିବାରେ)

(f) Talk quietly. I don’t want anybody ________________ us.
Answer:
to hear (ଶୁଣିବାକୁ)

(g) We persuaded our teacher ____________ with us.
Answer:
to come (ଯିବାପାଇଁ)

(h) I saw him ________________ over the wall.
Answer:
climb (ଚଢ଼ିବାର)

Activity – 8

Read the following sentences and the hints are given in the brackets. Write another sentence with a related meaning using the hints given. The first one has been done as an example.

(a) Please don’t tell anyone that I have been punished. (I / not / want / anyone / know)
Answer:
I don’t want anyone to know about it.

(b) I was sure that Ashok would help me. (I / had/asked / him / help me)
Answer:
I had asked Ashok to help me.

(c) “Don’t touch that wire”, the man said to me. (man / told / not / touch)
Answer:
The man told me not to touch that wire.

(d) My father said that I could use his watch. (Father / allow/use / his watch)
Answer:
Father allowed me to use his watch.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

(e) He told me that it would be good if I told the police about this accident. (He / advise / report / to the police)
Answer:
He advised me to report to the police.

(f) There is a football match between Mohan Bagan and East Bengal. (You / want / East Bengal / win ?)
Answer:
Do you want East Bengal to win the football match?

Activity – 9

Put the verb given in brackets in the proper form, by using + verb, ø + verb or verb-ing, whichever is appropriate.
(a) When you see Mr. Dash, remember. him my regards (ନମସ୍କାର). (give)
Answer:
to give (ଜଣାଇବାକୁ)

(b) I hate _______________what I have heard about you. (repeat)
Answer:
to repeat (ପୁଣିଥରେ କହିବାକୁ)

(c) I prefer ______________ alone. (be)
Answer:
being (ରହିବାପାଇଁ)

(d) I prefer ______________ silent in this case. (remain)
Answer:
to remain (ରହିବାକୁ)

(e) I hate _______________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling (କହିବାକୁ)

(f) Don’t forget _______________ the letter. (post)
Answer:
to post (ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇବାକୁ)

(g) Can you ever forget __________________ that important letter without any postage on it? (post)
Answer:
to post

Non-finite Verb Forms Additional questions with answers

Pick out the non-finite verbs in the following sentences.
1. We saw Seema writing the letter.
Answer:
writing

2. They have been staying in this town.
Answer:
been staying

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

3. They must have finished doing their homework.
Answer:
have finished doing

4. I got my bicycle repaired.
Answer:
repaired

5. The film must have been screened by now.
Answer:
have been screened

6. I forgot doing the homework.
Answer:
doing

7. I will win the match.
Answer:
win

8. Swimming is a good exercise.
Answer:
swimming

9. Minu helped me do the exercise.
Answer:
do

10. I heard her sing a song.
Answer:
sing

Write the functions of the non-finite verbs in the following sentences

1. Don’t allow others to get into the room.
Answer:
object

2. To find fault with others is easy.
Answer:
subject

3. He is to go abroad next week.
Answer:
complement

4. She made cakes to feed her son.
Answer:
adjunct

5. He let out a part of his house to make some extra money.
Answer:
adjunct

6. I expect him to arrive on time.
Answer:
object

7. I undertake to finish the work.
Answer:
object

8. To err is human.
Answer:
subject

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

9. He appears to be a gentleman.
Answer:
complement

10. He was about to die.
Answer:
complement

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of non-finite verbs given in the brackets.

1. To see him is ________________ him. (love)
Answer:
to love

2. The children expect ______________. (succeed)
Answer:
to succeed

3. You had better not _______________ here. (remain)
Answer:
remain

4. He did nothing but _______________ (laugh)
Answer:
laugh

5. I felt something ______________ past me. (slip)
Answer:
slip

6. I dare not ___________ into your eyes. (look)
Answer:
look

7. I would rather climb the stairs than ___________ the lift. (take)
Answer:
take

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

8. I came here ____________ the matter with Suresh Babu. (discuss)
Answer:
to discuss

9. The police left no stone unturned ____________ the missing child. (trace Out)
Answer:
to trace out

10. l am very happy ______________ your results. (know)
Answer:
to know

11. I wouldn’t help _________________. (laugh)
Answer:
laughing

12. The law forbids ________________ others, (cheat)
Answer:
cheating

13. She denied ________________ stolen my watch. (have)
Answer:
having

14. I have never heard him ______________ a lie. (tell)
Answer:
tell

15. Our headmaster didn’t let us _______________ home. (go)
Answer:
go

16. Pooja helped me _______________ the room. (clean)
Answer:
clean

17. Her mother made her _______________ .(cry)
Answer:
cry

18. Teachers train us _______________ good citizens. (be)
Answer:
to be

19. Never fail _________________ your elders. (respect)
Answer:
to respect

20. I smelt something _______________. (bum)
Answer:
burning

21. My shirt needs _______________ .(wash)
Answer:
washing

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

22. You had better _______________ the place. (leave)
Answer:
leave

23. Would you mind _______________ letters? (post)
Answer:
posting

24. I have already given up ______________ .(smoke)
Answer:
smoking

25. He would hate ______________ us. (join)
Answer:
to join

26. The teacher didn’t allow us _______________ noise in the class. (make)
Answer:
to make

27. My father had his photograph ________________ .(enlarge)
Answer:
enlarged

28. I got my shoes _________________. (mend)
Answer:
mended

29. He had his blood _________________ .(examine)
Answer:
examined

30. I didn’t mind _______________ suggestions. (make)
Answer:
making

31. I regret ________________ it. (say)
Answer:
saying

32. Mahesh advised him _________________ care of his health. (take)
Answer:
to take

33. Theboykepton __________________ the bell. (ring)
Answer:
ringing

34. I enjoy __________________ short stories. (read)
Answer:
reading

35. The commander ordered the soldiers _________________ on. (march)
Answer:
to march

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

36. We anticipated his _______________ .(come)
Answer:
coming

37. I would like ______________ my uncle. (meet)
Answer:
to meet

38. Please stop ______________ .(talk)
Answer:
talking

39. I hope ________________ you soon. (see)
Answer:
to see

40. They made me ______________ it. (do)
Answer:
do

41. She would not let me _____________ the letter. (read)
Answer:
read

42. The weather makes me _______________ uncomfortable. (feel)
Answer:
feel

43. The man told me not _______________ the wire. (touch)
Answer:
to touch

44. I heard her _______________ a patriotic song. (sing)
Answer:
sing

45. I will have the gardener ____________ these trees.(plant)
Answer:
plant

46. I didn’t notice you _______________ your hand. (raise)
Answer:
raise

47. I hate ____________ lies. (tell)
Answer:
telling

48. I felt _______________ .(insult)
Answer:
insulted

49. He insisted on _____________ in that river. (swim)
Answer:
swimming

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

50. ________________ of his help, I returned home. (assure)
Answer:
assured

Complete the following sentences by adding a non-finite clause using the words given in the brackets.

1. They made ________________ (I/do/it)
Answer:
me do it

2. The gardener won’t let __________________ (they/touch/the flowers)
Answer:
them touch the flowers

3. We heard ______________ (the beggar/curse/the rudeboys)
Answer:
the beggar cursing the rude boys

4. The clerk doesn’t allow _______________ (anyone/see/the files)
Answer:
anyone to see the files

5. Please remind ________________ (he/write/the letter)
Answer:
him to write the letter

6. Good bye. I hope ____________ (see/you/soon)
Answer:
to see you soon

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Non-finite Verb Forms

7. I want _____________ (he/get/the medal)
Answer:
him to get the medal

8. I found _______________ (he/carry/a bag)
Answer:
him carrying
a bag

9. They expected ______________ (I /travel/ by air)
Answer:
me to travel by air

10. The teacher made ________________ (we/write/the answers)
Answer:
us write the answers

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Let’s look at the following sentence :
Mohan stayed at home when everybody else in the family went to the cinema.
(ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରିବାରର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଦସ୍ୟ ସିନେମାକୁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ, ମୋହନ ଘରେ ରହିଥିଲା ।)

⇒ In this sentence we have two clauses.
(ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ରହିଛି । ଅର୍ଥାତ ୨ଟି ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନେଇ ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଛି ।)
“Mohan stayed at home first” – Clause (Main clause or independent clause)
“when everybody else in the family went to the cinema ” – 2nd clause (subordinate clause or dependent clause)

⇒ What is a clause?
A clause is a sentence or the part of a sentence that has a subject and a predicate.
(ଏକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ ଯାହାର ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟ ଥାଏ ।)

⇒ What is a Main clause or Independent clause?
The clause that has its indepdent meaning or can stand on its own, is the Main Clause or Independent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟର ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଅର୍ଥ ରହିଛି ବା ନିଜ ଅର୍ଥ ନିଜେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିପାରେ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ What is a Subordinate or Dependent clause?
A clause which can’t stand independently as a sentence, is called a Subordinate or Dependent Clause.
(ଯେଉଁ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନ ଭାବରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ବା ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ ବା ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ Let’s try to remember the three important SENTENCES through clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 1

⇒ Phrase (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
A phrase is a group of words, that makes sense, but not complete sense. (କେତୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦର ମିଶ୍ରଣରେ ଏକ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗଠିତ, ଯାହାର ଅର୍ଥ ଥାଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଅର୍ଥ ନୁହେଁ)
For example: Mark the underlined phrases.

⇒ Noun Phrase:
(i) To rise early in the morning is a ‘good habit’ (subject to the verb ‘is’)
(ii) He is fond of playing tennis. (Object to the preposition ‘of’)
(iii) He likes to play football. (Object to the verb ‘likes’)

⇒ A sentence or a clause must have a subject and a predicate.
But a phrase has no predicate.

Activity – 1

Mention whether the following expressions are phrases(P), clauses(C) or sentences(S).
1. Where have you been?
Answer:
Where have you been? (sentence)

2. Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall.
Answer:
Humpty Dumpty (ବାମନ) sat on a wall. (sentence)

3. Like a diamond in the sky.
Answer:
Like a diamond in the sky (phrase)

4. Who pulled her out?
Answer:
Who pulled her out? (sentence)

5. And Jill came tumbling after.
Answer:
And Jill came tumbling after (clause)

6. Under the queen’s chair
Answer:
Under the queen’s chair (phrase)

7. All the king’s horses
Answer:
All the king’s horses (phrase)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. up the hill
Answer:
up the hill (phrase)

9. a nice fairy story
Answer:
a nice fairy story (phrase)

10. Jack fell down
Answer:
Jack fell down (sentence)

11. A stitch in time
Answer:
A stitch in time (phrase)

12. The clock struck one
Answer:
The clock struck one (sentence)

13. Pussy in the well
Answer:
Pussy in the well (phrase)

14. After sealing the letter
Answer:
After sealing the letter (phrase)

15. To fetch a pail of water
Answer:
to fetch a pail of water (phrase)

Activity – 2

Draw double lines under the main clauses and single lines under subordinate clauses in the following sentences. Ignore coordinate clauses.
(ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ୨ଟି ଗାର ଓ ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ତଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାର ଦିଅ ।)

1. I can not express how sorry I am.
Answer:
I can’t express how sorry I am.

2. Jack fell down and he broke his crown.
Answer:
Jack fell down and he broke his crown.

3. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
All depends on how the work is done.

4. It is feared that he will not help us.
Answer:
It is feared that he will not help us.

5. It is clear that he is honest.
Answer:
It is clear that he is honest.

6. I asked the boy how old he was.
Answer:
I asked the boy how old he was.

7. The point is that he was absolutely honest.
Answer:
The point is that he was absolutely honest.

8. When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
When his father will return is uncertain.

9. His great fear is that he may not succeed.
Answer:
His great fear is that he may not succeed.

10. Humpty dumpty sat on a wall and he had a great fall.
Answer:
Humpty dumpty sat on a wall.

11. A proverb is one man’s wit but it is all men’s wisdom.
Answer:
A proverb (ପ୍ରବଚନ) is one man’s wit.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

12. There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.
Answer:
There is many a slip before the cup is taken to the lip.

13. Do you know when the next rain arrives?
Answer:
Do you know when the next train arrives?

14. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

15. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
He says that his mother is ill.

16. He told me that he was ready.
Answer:
He told me that he was ready.

17. What he says may be true.
Answer:
What he says may be true.

18. He waved his hand and boarded the bus.
Answer:
He waved his hand.

Noun Clause
⇒ Let’s look at this sentence.
He said that oil floats on water. (Complex Sentence)
He said (Independent or Main clause)
that oil floats on water. (Dependent clause or Subordinate clause)
⇒ “that oil floats on water” (ଯେ ଜଳ ଉପରେ ତେଲ ଭାସେ) is a Dependent Clause or Subordinate Clause since (ଯେହେତୁ) it can’t stand as an independent (clause).
⇒ So “that oil floats on water ” is said to be a Noun Clause as it functions as an object to the verb “said” (what did he say ?) as a noun functions as an object.
⇒ Dependent Clause ବା Subordinate Clause “that oil floats on water ” – ଏଠାରେ ଏକ Noun Clause (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ) ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ଏହା verb ‘said’ ର Object (କର୍ମ) ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି, ଯେପରି What did he say ?
Answer:
“That oil floats on water” (noun clause = object to the verb “said”)

Remember :
A noun clause is so called because it functions as a noun.

In Indirect Speech the reported statements and questions are noun clauses.
(i) Reported Statements are introduced by “that” or without “that” – Zero-introducer.
(ii) “Yes – No” questions are introduced by “if” or “whether” (ହଁ କି ନାହିଁ)
(iii) Wh-questions by the same wh-words like what, when, where, how, whom, why etc.

Examples :
(a) Statement (ଭକ୍ତି) : Mark the underlined Noun clauses :

Direct Indirect
He said, “I live in a town.” He said (that) he lived in a town.
We said to him, “We are ready to help your brother.” We told him (that) we were ready to help his brother.

(b) Yes – No questions (Questions beginning with verbs) :

Direct Indirect
“Do you smoke ?” he inquired He inquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା) if/whether I smoked.
“Have you ever been to Darjeeling ?” he asked me. He asked me if/whether I had ever been to Darjeeling.
He said, “Is your dog an Alsatian ?” He asked if/whether my dog was an Alsation.

(c) Wh-questions: (Questions beginning with wh-words)

Direct Indirect
My friend said, “How do you like the picture ?” My friend asked me how I liked the picture.
The stranger said, “Where is the ATM?” The stranger asked where the ATM was.
“Who can climb that wall ?” I asked the children. I asked the children who could climb that wall.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

⇒ Functions of Noun Clause:
(1) Noun Clause as the Subject of a sentence (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା ରୂପରେ)
Examples :
(i) What he says is helpful to us.(Complex Sentence)
(ସେ ଯାହା କହୁଛି, ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଦରକାରୀ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What he says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘is helpful to us’ = Main Clause,
‘what’ = Subordinator]

(ii) That the earth moves round the Sun is truth.(Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚାରିପଟେ ଘୂରେ, ଏହା ସତ୍ୟ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ That the earth moves round the Sun ‘ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Subject,
‘ is truth ‘ = Main Clause,
‘that’ = Subordinator]

(2) Noun Clause as the Object to the verb (ବିଶେଷ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples :
(i) Gopal said (that) he was happy. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କହିଲା (ଯେ) ସେ ଖୁସି ଥିଲା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that he way happy’ = Subordinating Noun Clause
‘that’ = Subordinator,
Gopal said = Main Clause]

(ii) I asked the boy how old he was. (Complex Sentence)
(ତା’ର ବୟସ କେତେ ବୋଲି ମୁଁ ବାଳକକୁ ପଚାରିଲି ।)
(ଏଠାରେ ‘how old he was ’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘I asked the boy’ = Main Clause)

(iii) The police officer asked the driver why he was driving so speedily.(Complex Sentence)
(ଡ୍ରାଇଭର କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଉଥିଲା ବୋଲି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଅଫିସର ଡ୍ରାଇଭରକୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘Why he was driving speedily’ = Subordinating Noun Clause,
‘why’= Subondinator,
“The police officer asked the driver’ = Main Clause]

(3) Noun Clause as object to the Preposition
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ Preposition ବା ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା at / on / in / for with from ଇତ୍ୟାଦିର କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) Pay careful attention to what I am going to say. (Complex Sentence)
(ମୁଁ କ’ଣ କରିବି ଧ୍ୟାନ ଦିଅ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘ What I am going to say’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘to’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘to’ = Preposition,
‘Pay careful attention to’ = Main Clause]

(ii) There is no meaning in what Gopal says. (Complex Sentence)
(ଗୋପାଳ କ’ଣ କହୁଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି|ଅର୍ଥ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘what Gopal says’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘in’,
‘what’ = Subordinator,
‘in’ = Preposition,
There is no meaning in = Main Clause]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iii) Mother is anxious about when her son will return from school.(Complex Sentence)
(ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ କେତେବେଳେ ସ୍କୁଲରୁ ଫେରିବେ, ସେ ନେଇ ମା’ ଉଦ୍‌ବିଗ୍ନ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘when her son will return from school’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Object to the preposition ‘about’,
‘when’ = Subordinator,
‘from ’ = Preposition,
‘Mother is anxious’ = Main Clause]

(4) Noun Clause as ‘Complement to the ‘Verb’
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ verb ବା କ୍ରିୟାର ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The difficulty was how we would arrange the fund.(Complex Sentence) (gl§9dl $[QI 21169016® 9191 §09 601919 9Q§ l)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘how we would arrange the fund’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘was’,
‘how’ = Subordinator,
‘was’ = ‘be’ verb,
‘The difficulty was’ = Main Clause]

(ii) It appears (that) price won’t come down in the near future. (Complex Sentence)
(ଜଣାପଡୁଛି ମୂଲ୍ଯବୃଦ୍ଧି ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ କମିବ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ (that) price won’t come down in the near future = Subordinating Noun Clause = Complement to the verb ‘appears’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
‘appears’ = Verb,
‘It appears’ = Main Clause]

(5) Noun Clause as Apposition to the Nouns or Pronouns
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଉପବାକ୍ୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବା ସର୍ବନାମର apposition ବା ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ ପଦ ରୂପେ)
Examples:
(i) The news that his father has come, is true. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ତା’ ବାପା ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ସତ କଥା ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that his father has come’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘news’,
‘that’ = Subordinator,
“The news is true” = Main Clause]

(ii) The statement that she found the money in the street, is not believable. (Complex Sentence)
(ଯେ ସେ ରାସ୍ତାରୁ ଟଙ୍କା ପାଇଲା, ବିଶ୍ବାସ ହେଉ ନାହିଁ ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ‘that she found the money in the street’ = Subordinating Noun Clause = Apposition to the noun ‘statement’,
‘that’ = subordinator,
The statement is not believable = Main Clause]

⇒ Joining Two Sentences Making One into a Noun Clause :
(ଦୁଇଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏକୁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ଯୋଗ କରିବା ପଦ୍ଧତି) :
(1) Using Subordinator ‘That’ (Omitting so, it, this) if both the sentences are in declarative pattern.
[ଯଦି ଉଭୟ ବାକ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବ। Declarative Sentence Pattern ରେ ଥାଏ ତା’ହେଲେ so, it, this କୁ ଉଠାଇ ସେଠାରେ ‘That’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ]
Examples:
(i) Her mother is ill. Nirmal says so.
Answer:
Nirmal says that her mother is ill. (Omitting ‘so’)

(ii) The man was absolutely (ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ) dishonest. (ଅସାଧୁ)
This is the point.
Answer:
The point is that the man was absolutely dishonest.

(2) Retaining What / How, etc. [What / How ଇତ୍ୟାଦିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ନ କରି ]
(Who words + Subject + Verb)
Examples:
(i) Who wrote the Ramayan? Can you tell me?
Answer:
Can you tell me who wrote the Ramayan?

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(ii) When did the last train arrive?
A stranger asked the man at the counter.
Answer:
A stranger asked the man at the counter when the last train arrived.

(iii) What is your name?
The gentleman asked the girl.
Answer:
The gentleman asked the girl what her name was.

(3) Using If/ Whether (ହଁ କି ନୁହେଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି)
If one sentence in the question begins with helping verb
(ଯଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ କୌଣସି ବାକ୍ୟ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇ ଥାଏ )
Examples:
(i) Will you do this work for me ? (will=helping verb)
Tell me.
Answer:
Tell me if/whether you will do this work for me.

(ii) Are you living here?
I can’t say.
Answer:
I can’t say if you are living here.

Activity – 1

Underline the noun clause in the following sentences. Mention whether they work as subject, object, complement, object of preposition or in apposition to another noun or pronoun.
(i) It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it. (Complement to the adjective ‘ clear ’)

(ii) You know how hard she works.
Answer:
You know how hard she works. (Object to the verb ‘know’)

(iii) That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
That he is honest is known to all. (Subject to the verb ‘is’)

(iv) The film depends on how it ends.
Answer:
The film depends on how it ends. [Object to the preposition ‘on’)

(v) “I’m glad to hear it”, Mrs Bethy said.
Answer:
“I’m glad to hear it”. Mrs Bethy said. (Subject to the verb ‘said’)

(vi) My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
My decision is that he must help you. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(vii) What is in our fate can’t be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate can’t be avoided. (Subject to the verbs ‘ can’t be avoided’)

(viii) The matter is that they have cheated us.
Answer:
The matter is that they have cheated us. (Complement to the verb ‘is’)

(ix) Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come.
Answer:
Shanti didn’t know that her uncle had come. (Object to the verbs ‘didn’t know’)

(x) Can you tell me who wrote ‘the Ramayan’?
Answer:
Can you tell me “who wrote the Ramavan”? (Object to the verbs ‘can tell”)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(xi) No one can say how the war will come to an end.
Answer:
No one can say how the war will come to an end. (Object to the verbs ‘can say’)

(xii) Mr. Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave.
Answer:
Mr Gupta promised that he would put some flowers on her brother’s grave. (Object to the verb ‘promised’)

Activity – 2

Complete the following sentences using noun clauses.
Can you tell me ________?
Answer:
Can you tell me who will take our science class?

His looks prove ________.
Answer:
His looks (ଚାହାଁଣୀ) prove that he is disappointed.

We all thought that ________.
Answer:
We all thought that we would win the match.

His plan is that ________.
Answer:
His plan is that he will succeed.

________ is known to all.
Answer:
That the earth moves round the sun is known to all.

He admitted that ________.
Answer:
He admitted that he had stolen my mobile.

He wanted to know ________.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I would come with him.

I have no objection to ________.
Answer:
I have no objection to what you do.

Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
Copernicus proved that the earth moves round the sun.

The rumour ________ is true.
Answer:
The rumour that Rahul Gandhi will get married is true.

Relative Clause

⇒ Study the following sentence :
I have already read the book which you gave me.
The underlined clause “which you gave me”, a dependent clause or (subordinate clause) is a relative clause or adjective clause as it modifies the meaning of the norm “book”.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

A : Which book have I already seen?
B : Which you gave me. (Relative clause or Adjective clause)

Another example:
A : Which boy are you talking about?
B : I’m talking about the boy who came to our house yesterday.

Her the second speaker (B) is identifying ‘the boy’ he (the speaker) is talking about by using the relative clause “who came to our house yesterday”

Note :
The Primary function of a Relative clause is to identify a noun.

⇒ How to form Relative Clause Rules :
(1) First find out the identical norm phrase in the two sentence to be combined or joined.
(2) Replace one of the identical noun phrases with an appropriate relative pronoun.
(3) Then move the relative pronoun to the beginning of the relative clause.
(4) Finally, place the relative clause immediately after its antecedent or noun phrase.

⇒ Let’s understand:
I have read the book ________ Naba sir wrote the book.
I have read the hook ________ Naba sir wrote which.
I have read the book which Naba Sir wrote.
[The hook-identical noun phrase, which-relative pronoun]

⇒ Step-to-step method of making Relative clause :
The girl was very friendly. I talked to the girl.
Step 1/2 : The girl was very friendly. ________. I talked to whom.
Step 3 : The girl was very friendly. who/whom I talked to.
Step 4 : The girl who / whom I talked to was very friendly.

Example 2:
The people were kind. Father stayed with them.
Step 1/2 : The people were kind. ________ father stayed with
Step 3 : The people were kind. Who father stayed with.
Step 4 : The people who father stayed with were kind.
Or,
Step 1/2 : The people were,kind. ________ father stayed With whom
Step 3 : The people were kind. With whom father stayed.
Step 4 : The people with whom father stayed were kind.

Example 3 :
Did you see the letter ? It came this morning.
Step 1/2 : Did you see letter ? That came this morning.
Step 3 : Did you see the letter that came this morning ?
the letter – identical noun phrase
that – relative pronoun

⇒ Defining Relative Clause / Identifying Relative clause :
The teacher who has worked here for thirty years is retiring next week. (Complex sentence)
Here the relative clause “who has worked for thirty years” is a defining relative clause since we speaks of the particular teacher who has worked here for thirty years.

⇒ Non-defining relative clause / Non-identifying Relative Clause :
“Mr. Mohanty, who has worked here for thirty years, is retiring next week. ”
Here “who has worked here for thirty years” gives more information about Mr Mohanty.
So we drop this clause, the sentence will have no harm. So this is the example of a Nondefining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Remember :
A non-defining relative clause must have comma (,), before and after the relative clause.

“That not ‘which’ is used after all, everything, anything, little, much, only, none, no, nothing. same, superlatives (superlative degree of adjectives), first, last, next, and after two antecedents, one personal and the other non-personal.
Examples:
(i) All / Everything / Anything that (not ‘which’) you see here is unclean.
(ii) There is little / nothing that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iii) There is not much that I can do for you. (not ‘which’)
(iv) This is perhaps the last that we can expect. (not ‘which’)
(v) The next car that arrives here will find the gates closed. (not ‘which’)
(vi) Man is the only animal that can talk. (not ‘which’)
(vii) This is the same bicycle that my brother has lost. (not ‘which’)
(viii) The boy (personal) and his dog (non-personal) that had entered the club were turned (not ‘which’)

⇒ Relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.
Mark the underlined relative clauses.
(i) Do you remember the year when (in which) Sarojini Naidu died?
(ii) The day when (on which) the prince (ରାଜପୁତ୍ର) was born was celebrated (ପାଳନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା) with rejoicings (ଆନନ୍ଦ ଉଲ୍ଲାସର ସହିତ).
(iii) The reason why he came wasn’t disclosed.
(iv) The house where (in which) we lived had a mud floor and a thatched house.
In these sentences when, where, why are relative adverbs introducing relative clauses.

⇒ Preposition introducing relative clause :
(i) The chair on which I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing.
(The chair when I sit on is a shaking, cracking thing) (Preposition ‘on’) (ଯାହା ଉପରେ)

(ii) Mr Tripathy with whom father works in this office, is a kind person.
(Mr. Tripathy father works with in this office, is a kind person) (Preposition – with) (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ)

⇒ Changing Complex Sentence into Simple Sentences :
(1) Noun Clause
Complex : I do not know where Mr Roy lives.
Simple : I do not know Mr Roy’s address.
Complex : Can you teel me when your father will arrive.
Simple : Can you tell me the time of your father’s arrival?
Complex : I do not believe what he says.
Simple : I do not believe his words.
Complex : The teacher remarked how intelligent the boy was.
Simple : The teacher remarked about the great intelligence of the boy.
Complex : I told the teacher why I was absent.
Simple : I told the teacher the reason of my absence.
Complex : This proves that you are guilty.
Simple : This proves your guilt.
Complex : I know who has done this wrongful act.
Simple : I know the doer (ଯାହାଙ୍କ ସହିତ) of this wrongful act.
Complex : Nobody knows where Ram is.
Simple : Nobody knows Ram’s whereabouts.

(2) Relative Clause:
Complex : I have no money that I can spare.
Simple : I have no money to spare.
Complex : Students who work hard will succeed.
Simple : Hard-working students will succeed.
Complex : He likes to die in the village where he was born.
Simple : He likes to die in his native village.
Complex : The book which he lost has been found.
Simple : His lost book has been found.
Complex : The exact time when he died was not known.
Simple : The exact time of his death was not known.
Complex : I do not know the place where he will go.
Simple : I don not know his destination.
Complex : The young man who was the glory of the family is dead.
Simple .: The young man, the glory of the family, is dead.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 1

Combine the following pairs of sentences using one of them as a relative clause :

The birds are chirping. + The birds live in the neighbourhood.
I write with the pen. + My father bought the pen for me.
The sick were delighted. + Florence Nightingale nursed the sick.
I like the man. + The man has a smiling face.
The thief escaped in the dark. + The thief had robbed me.
The boy is our monitor. + I have borrowed his book.
The chair has a cracked leg. + He is sitting in the chair.

Answers:
(i) The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.
(ii) I write with the pen which my father bought for me.
(iii) The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.
(iv) I like the man who /that has a smiling face.
(v) The thief who had robbed me escaped in the dark.
(vi) The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.
(vii) The chair whiah/that he is sitting in has a cracked leg.

Activity – 2

In some of the following sentences the relative pronoun can be dropped. Rewrite those sentences without the relative pronouns. [You are not allowed to perform any other change.]
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.
I have read the story book that my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper who I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation that we can give about Socrates.
The only question that drew everybody’s attention is worth discussing.
Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Pramod, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
The travellers who knew about the floods took another road.
The travellers, who knew about the floods, took another road.
The man that Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music which we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song.
I write with the pen which my father bought.
Answers:
l have read the story book my father bought yesterday.
The shopkeeper I was working for is a good person.
It is the best possible explanation we can give about Socrates.
The man Mohan was talking to is his uncle.
The music we were listening to was a 16th century devotional song (ଭକ୍ତି ସଙ୍ଗୀତ).
I write with the pen my father bought.

Remember :
From all relative clause, relative pronouns can’t be dropped. The means all relative clauses can’t be zero – relatives.)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 3

Define the terms given in the example.
Example: A greengrocer
Answer:
is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.

A driver is a person who…
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives motors.

An actor is a person who…
Answer:
An actor (କଳାକାର) is a person who acts.

A journalist is a person who…
Answer:
A journalist (ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ) is a person who writes for newspaper.

A farmer is a person who…
Answer:
A farmer is a person who works on a farm.

A patient is a person who…
Answer:
A patient is a person who suffers from disease (s).

A newspaper is a document in which …
Answer:
A newspaper is a document in which there are different news.

A conductor is a person who…
Answer:
A conductor is a person who collects fares on buses.

A teacher is a person who…
Answer:
A teacher is a person who teaches.

A plumber is a person who…
Answer:
A plumber (ଜଳ ପାଇପ ମରାମତିକାରୀ) is a person who mends (ମରାମତି କରେ) water-pipes.

A doctor is a person who…
Answer:
A doctor is a person who treats patients.

A hospital is a place where…
Answer:
A hospital is a place where the patients are treated.

A transitive verb is a verb which…
Answer:
A transitive (ସକର୍ମକ) verb is a verb which has object (s).

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Activity – 4

In the following four columns some proverbs or quotations have been given. Expressions in column A and column D belong to the same proverb. Put a suitable relative pronoun in column B and choose the correct expression from column C. In this way write the proverbs. As soon as you complete, raise your hand and draw the teacher’s attention.

A B C D
All ________ pays the piper is not gold.
People ________ laughs last should not throw stones.
All’s well ________ prays together well.
He ________ glitters calls the tune.
He ________ blows nobody laughs best.
It’s along lane ________ do not want
It’s an ill wind ________ ends any good.
There are no one ________
so deaf as those ________ live in glass houses to hear.
The family ________ has no turning stays together.

Answer:

A B C D
All that glitters is not gold.
People who live in glass houses shouldn’t throw stones.
All’s well that ends well.
He who pays the piper calls the tune.
He who laughs last laughs best.
It’s a long lane that has no turning.
It’s an ill wind that blows nobody
There are no one
so deaf as those that don’t want to hear
The family that prays together stays together

Activity – 5

Underline the relative clauses in the following sentences. Write D for defining and N for non-defining relative clauses.
(i) A greengrocer is a person who sells fruits and vegetables.
Answer:
(D)

(ii) Bhola, who is a greengrocer, goes to the fields every morning.
Answer:
(N)

(iii) What is the name of your friend who often comes to our house?
Answer:
(D)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

(iv) Where does Amit, who often comes to our house, live?
Answer:
(N)

(v) My uncle who is a judge is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(D)

(vi) My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
(N)

(vii) My father, who is a teacher, loves ot take.
Answer:
(N)

(viii) Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
(D)

(ix) We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
(D)

(x) We call uncle Bhola, who thinks of our welfare as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
(N)

Activity – 6

Put commas in the following sentences, if they are necessary.
(i) The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.
(ii) The strike at the factory which lasted ten days is over now.
(iii) My father who is working at Koraput is a doctor.
(iv) I have found the book which I was looking for.
(v) Mira’s grandmother who is sick is in hospital now.
(vi) Eintstein who discovered the theory of relativity once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury who got this bridge built is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa who faithfully served the poor is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee who is impartial solves all the problems cleverly.
Answers:
(iii) My father, who is working at Koraput, is a doctor.
(iv) Mira’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
(v) Eintstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
(vii) Engineer Choudhury, who got this bridge built, is on a visit to our village.
(viii) Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
(ix) The chairman of the committee, who is impartial, solves all the problems cleverly.

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with relative pronouns such as who, which, where, whose, that etc.
The house in ________ I lived as a child has been pulled down now.
Answer:
The house in which I lived as a child has been pulled down now.

My grandmother, ________ was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.
Answer:
My grandmother, who was an extraordinary woman, lived to the age of one hundred.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Stop him ! He’s the man ________ stole my purse.
Answer:
Stop him ! He’s the man who stole my purse.

They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
They have invented a television set that is as small as a watch.

There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
There are many people whose lives have been spoilt by this factory.

Is that the button ________ you pressed?
Answer:
Is that the button that you pressed?

Could everybody ________ answer sheets are with me raise their hands?
Answer:
Could everybody whose answer sheets are with me raise their hands?

That scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
That scientist has invented a kind of ink that is visible in darkness.

Activity – 8

Work in pairs. Think of puzzle whose answer you now. The clue you give must have a relative clause.
For example:
A black and white bird which can swim but can’t fly.
Answer:
Penguin (seven letters)

Now, the other partner (friend) must think of a puzzle whose answer must contain one of the letters of Penguine. For example, A snow house that an Eskimo builds.
Answer:
(Igloo) (Five letters).

In this process make a cross-word puzzle, always an existing letter, e.g.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses 2

A wind that is strong and hot – (Loo), The tool that we write with – (Pen), A thing that is hung at the post for game – (Net), A tool that is used for carrying under ground water – Pipe, The tool is fitted in vehicles to make it run – Engine, The place where birds lie – Nest

At A Glance

⇒ The Noun Clause :
A Noun functions as subject, object, complement or apposition to some other noun.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ, ପୂରକ ବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର apposition ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
Similarly a Noun clause functions as subject, object, complement etc.
(ସେଇଭଳି ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ କର୍ତ୍ତା, କର୍ମ ବା ପୂରକ ଆଦି ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ।)
A Noun clause being a subordinate clause begins with subordinators like that or whether / if or Wh-words.
(ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ଏକ ଆଶ୍ରିତ ବା ନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା subordinator; ଯଥା – that ବା whether / if ବା Wh – ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

⇒ In Apposition to Nouns :
(a) The fact that he betrayed his friends is well-known. (ଯେ ସେ ତାହାର ବନ୍ଧୁପ୍ରତି ବିଶ୍ୱାସଘାତକତା କଲା ।)
(b) Who gave you the idea that I can sing (ଯେ ମୁଁ ଗାଇପାରେ) ? ( = apposition to the noun ‘idea)
(c) My question, who is responsible for our sad plight, (କିଏ ଆମର ଦୁଃଖଦ ଅବସ୍ଥା ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ), has not yet been answered (= apposition to the noun ‘question’)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

Relative Clauses:

⇒ Defining Relative Clause :
I. I met a friend (who was at school with me ten years ago).
[The clause inside the brackets “who was at school with me ten years ago (ଯିଏ ମୋ ସହିତ ଦଶବର୍ଷ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲା ।) is a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which friends ?’]

II. The shot (ଗୁଳି) (that hit him on the head) killed him.
Similarly, the clause inside the brackets that hit him on the head (ଯେଉଁଟି ତାହାର ମୁଣ୍ଡରେ ଆଘାତ ଦେଲା) is also a Defining Relative Clause answering the question ‘Which shot ?’

Non-Defining Relative Clause :
III. I met Robin (who was at school with me ten years ago).
The clause inside the brackets who was at school with me ten years ago is a Non-Defining Relative Clause called so because it already answers the question ‘which friend ?’
Answer:
Who was a school with me ten years ago.
In the Main Clause (I met Robin) the use of proper noun ‘Robin’ only makes the friend definite, (ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ Robin କେବଳ Noun phrase ‘a friend’ କୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କରୁଛି ।) (‘Robin’ only gives some information about the Noun phrase)

Defining Relative Clause (without comma) (Noun phrase as antecedent indefinite) Non-Defining Relative clause (with comma) or antecedent.
Noun phrase is made definite with proper noun or determiners this, that, these, those, one two, second, tenth, my, his, her, their, etc.)
(Mark the underlined determiners or proper nouns in Non-Defining Relative Clauses and commas.)
I. Don’t ride in a bus which has poor brakes, (norm phrase – ‘a bus’) Don’t ride in this bus, which has poor brakes. (noun phrase – ‘this bus’)
II. The shot that hit him on the head killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the shot’) The second shot, which hit his on the head, killed him. (noun phrase – ‘the second shot’)
III. The dog which is black wears a collar. (noun phrase – ‘the dog’) My dog, which is black, wears a collar, (noun phrase – ‘my dog’)

Noun Clauses And Relative Clauses Additional Questions With Answers

Noun Clauses

⇒ Identify the subordinate clauses
1. It is clear that he is innocent.
Answer:
that he is honest

2. All that glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that glitters

3 . When his father will return is uncertain.
Answer:
when his father will return

4. What he says doesn’t affect me.
Answer:
what he says.

5. The house he lives in has been damaged.
Answer:
he lives in

6. All depends on how the work is done.
Answer:
how the work is done.

7. This is what you say.
Answer:
what you say

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. After sealing the letter, he posted it.
Answer:
After sealing the letter

9. I will help him if he comes.
Answer:
If he comes

10. Since he is liar, nobody likes him.
Answer:
since he is a liar

11. He says that his mother is ill.
Answer:
that his mother is ill

12. He wanted to know whether I needed any help.
Answer:
whether I needed any help

13. He arrived here after everybody had left.
Answer:
after everybody had left

14. I cannot express how I am sorry.
Answer:
how I am sorry

15. The news that he has come is true.
Answer:
that he has come

⇒ Say the functions of the noun clauses.
1. That he is honest is known to all.
Answer:
Subject of a verb,

2. My decision is that he must help you.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

3. You know how hard she works.
Answer:
Object of verb,

4. It is true that his father has come.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

5. You should pay attention to what I say.
Answer:
Object of a preposition,

6. I asked her how she felt.
Answer:
Object of verb,

7. The problem is that we do not have any money.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Can you tell me who wrote Meghadoot?
Answer:
Object of verb,

9. What is in our fate cannot be avoided.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

10. Whether he will stay here depends on him.
Answer:
Subject of verb,

11. I expected that he would pass in the examination.
Answer:
Object of verb,

12. It appears that he won’t help me.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

13. The fact that he is dead is true.
Answer:
In apposition to noun,

14. It is not clear who has done it.
Answer:
In apposition to pronoun,

15. I don’t believe in what you say.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

16. Life is how we spend it.
Answer:
Complement of verb,

17. Tell me where you are going.
Answer:
Object of verb,

18. He didn’t agree to what I said.
Answer:
Object of preposition,

⇒ Complete the sentences using noun clauses.
1. The teacher told ________.
Answer:
that the earth moves round the sun.

2. His plan is ________.
Answer:
that he will study science.

3. Do you object to ________.
Answer:
what he says?

4. I suggested that ________.
Answer:
we should go home.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

5. I don’t believe in ________.
Answer:
what you say.

6. Give it to ________.
Answer:
whoever comes first.

7. I told you ________.
Answer:
what I thought.

8. ________ is a mystery.
Answer:
where he lives.

9. ________ is true.
Answer:
what he said.

10. No one can say ________.
Answer:
when the earth was created.

11. ________ cannot can be taken hack.
Answer:
what is said.

12. It seems that ________.
Answer:
no one knew it.

13. ________ is doubtful.
Answer:
whether he will come.

14. I knew ________.
Answer:
what his name is.

15. Copernicus proved that ________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of the clauses as Noun Clause.
1. She will be a doctor. This is Shruti’s plan.
Answer:
Shruti’s plan is that she will be a doctor.

2. When will the train come ? The station master cannot say it.
Answer:
The station master cannot say when the train will come.

3. Did I need any help ? He wanted to know it.
Answer:
He wanted to know if I needed any help.

4. Who has done it ? It is not clear.
Answer:
It is not clear who has done it.

5. Her uncle has come. Bubli doesn’t know it.
Answer:
Bubli doesn’t know that her uncle has come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

6. Deepak has misbehaved. He admits so.
Answer:
Deepak admits that he has misbehaved.

7. What have I said? I can prove it.
Answer:
I can prove what I have said.

8. The earth is flat. People in the old times believed it.
Answer:
People in the old times believed that the earth is flat.

9. Oil floats on water. Everybody knows this.
Answer:
Everybody knows that oil floats on water.

10. How will the war come to an end? Nobody can say this.
Answer:
Nobody can say how the war will come to an end.

11. What is our fate? It cannot be avoided.
Answer:
What is in our fate cannot be avoided.

12. We don’t have any money. This is the problem.
Answer:
The problem is that we don’t have any money.

13. Man is mortal. The teacher said it.
Answer:
The teacher said that man is mortal.

14. What does she say? Do you object to it?
Answer:
Do you object to what she says?

15. His father has come. The news is true.
Answer:
The news that his father has come is true.

Relative Clauses

⇒ Fill in the blanks with suitable relative pronouns.
1. Man is the only animal ________ can talk.
Answer:
that

2. All ________ glitters is not gold.
Answer:
that

3. He is the tallest man ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

4. The bus ________ I waited for came late.
Answer:
which

5. The house in ________ he lives is new.
Answer:
which

6. This is the lady ________ age you can never guess.
Answer:
whose

7. God helps those ________ help themselves.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

8. Papu, with ________ I competed yesterday, was a better player.
Answer:
whom

9. The book, ________ I wanted, was published last month.
Answer:
which

10. There are many people ________ lives have been spoilt by this factory.
Answer:
whose

11. He is the man ________stole my purse.
Answer:
who

12. They have invented a television set ________ is as small as a watch.
Answer:
which

13. The scientist has invented a kind of ink ________ is visible in darkness.
Answer:
which

14. He ________ God loves, dies young.
Answer:
whom

15. This is the film ________ story is very interesting.
Answer:
whose

16. I have, no one ________ can help me.
Answer:
that

17. She is the best girl ________ I have ever seen.
Answer:
that

18. A conductor is a person ________ collects fares on a bus.
Answer:
who

19. The camel ________ lives in desert, is called the ship of the desert.
Answer:
which

20. All ________ is mine is yours.
Answer:
that

21. This is the age ________ children become naughty.
Answer:
when

22. Tree ________ oxygen, sustains life.
Answer:
which

23. Mr. Panda ________ son is staying in Calcutta, is a close friend of father’s.
Answer:
whose

24. He ________ laughs last laughs best.
Answer:
who

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

25. I have a plan ________ will succeed.
Answer:
that

26. The girl ________ everyone admires is my daughter.
Answer:
whom

27. There was nothing ________ you could do.
Answer:
that

28. Here is a notice ________ warns us not to go head.
Answer:
which

29. The man ________ was injured was taken to hospital.
Answer:
who

30. She was wearing a dress ________colour is red.
Answer:
whose.

⇒ Identify the relative clause and say whether it is defining or non-defining relative clause.
1. Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
that wears a crown – defining relative clause.

2. A conductor is a person who collects fare in a bus.
Answer:
who collects fare in a bus – defining relative clause.

3. My father, who is working at Puri, is a doctor.
Answer:
who is working at Puri – non-defining relative clause.

4. Dibankar, who is my classmate, is very sincere.
Answer:
who is my classmate – non-delining relative clause.

5. Our school, which works for the young people of our area, is highly popular.
Answer:
which works for the young people of our area – non-defining relative clause.

6. Rakesh, who always gives me books, is my friend.
Answer:
who always gives me books – non-defining relative clause.

7. I have read the book that my father bought yesterday.
Answer:
that my father bought yesterday – defining relative clause.

8. We love the man who thinks of our welfare.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – defining relative clause

9. Pragyan’s grandmother, who is sick, is in hospital now.
Answer:
who is sick- non-defining relative clause.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. Mother Teresa, who faithfully served the poor, is called a saint now.
Answer:
who faithfully served the poor – non-defining relative clause.

11. This is the cheapest thing that I know.
Answer:
that I know – defining relative clause.

12. My uncle, who is a judge, is coming here tomorrow.
Answer:
who is a judge – non-defining relative clause.

13. We call Bhola uncle, who thinks of our welfare, as the Gandhi of our village.
Answer:
who thinks of our welfare – non-defining relative clause.

14. Einstein, who discovered the theory of relativity, once failed in an examination.
Answer:
who discovered the theory of relativity – non-defining relative clause.

15. Do you remember the year in which he was born?
Answer:
in which he was born – defining relative clause.

⇒ Combine the sentences making one of them as relative clause.
1. All is well. It ends well.
Answer:
All is well that ends well.

2. All is not gold. It glitters.
Answer:
All that glitters is not gold.

3. Sumitra is my classmate. She is very sincere.
Answer:
Sumitra, who is very sincere, is my classmate.

4. Krushna is my best friend. Everybody loves him.
Answer:
Krushna, whom everybody loves, is my best friend.

5. The man is his father. Mahesh is talking to him.
Answer:
The man that Mahesh is talking to is his father.

6. Is this the book? You asked me for it.
Answer:
Is this the book which you asked me for.

7. The boy is our monitor. I have borrowed his book.
Answer:
The boy whose book I have borrowed is our monitor.

8. The thief escaped in the dark. He robbed me.
Answer:
The thief who robbed me escaped in the dark.

9. I like the man. He has a bald head.
Answer:
I like the man who has a bald head.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

10. The chair has a broken leg. He is sitting on the chair.
Answer:
The chair which he is sitting on has a broken leg.

11. The girl is Lata’s sister. She is wearing a red frock.
Answer:
The girl who is wearing a red frock is Lata’s sister.

12. The shopkeeper is a good person. I was working for him.
Answer:
The shopkeeper for whom I was working is a good person.

13. A driver is a person. He drives a motor car.
Answer:
A driver is a person who drives a motor car.

14. She is lady. You can never guess her age.
Answer:
She is a lady whose age you can never guess.

15. Tell me the name of the person. You gave him the money.
Answer:
Tell me the name of the person whom you gave the money.

16. We admire the pictures. You drew them yourself.
Answer:
We admire the pictures which you drew yourself.

17. They are searching for the tiger. It has been wounded in the leg.
Answer:
They are searching for the tiger which has been wounded in the leg.

18. I like the man. The man has a smiling face.
Answer:
I like the man who has a smiling face.

19. The sick were delighted. Florence Nightingale nursed them.
Answer:
The sick whom Florence Nightingale nursed were delighted.

20. The birds are chirping. They live in the neighbourhood.
Answer:
The birds which live in the neighbourhood are chirping.

21. The children live in this locality. They are playing cricket.
Answer:
The children who are playing cricket live in this locality.

22. I have read the book. My father bought it yesterday.
Answer:
I have read the book which my father bought yesterday.

23. The man is not known to us. The police arrested him.
Answer:
The man whom the police arrested is not known to us.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Noun Clauses and Relative Clauses

24. Uneasy lies the head. It wears a crown.
Answer:
Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.

25. The number is busy. You are calling it.
Answer:
The number that you are calling is busy.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

What is Narration / Speech?
⇒ The art of reporting the words of a speaker (ବକ୍ତା) is called Narration.
There are two ways in which a speaker can express his ideas and thoughts
(i) Direct Speech (Direct Narrations) (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି
(ii) Indirect speech (Indirect Narration) (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

The speech in which the actual words of the speaker are reported is known as the Direct Speech / Narrations. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ମତ ବିଶେଷଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

The speech in which the substance of the speaker’s speech is given is known as the Indirect Speech or Narration. (ଯେଉଁ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ବାକ୍ୟର ସାରକଥାକୁ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଏ, ତାକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

The following sentences will enable (help) you to understand the difference between a Direct speech and an Indirect Speech:
(i) He said to me, “I can’t help you.” (Direct speech)
He told me that he couldn’t help me. (Indirect speech)

(Mark the changed words in the indirect speech)
(ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
Every “Direct speech” has two parts.
(i) The Reporting verb, and
(ii) The Reported speech.

⇒ Please remember the following three things about in a Direct Speech :
(i) The speaker is known as a “Reporter”.
(ii) The verb initiating (ଆରମ୍ଭ କରୁଥିବା) the speech of the speaker is known as the Reporting Verb.
(iii) The words of the speaker which are repeated are known as the Reported Speech.

Now see the following example of Direct Speech carefully.
He             said to me,          “I can’t help you.”
Reporter   Reporting Verb    Reported Speech

Please note that in a Direct Speech :
(a) The Reported Speech and the Reporting verb are separated by a comma.
(ଏକ କମା ଚିହ୍ନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(b) The Reported speech always begins with a capital letter.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସର୍ବଦା ଏକ ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ।)

(c) The Reported speech is always enclosed in inverted comma.
(ଉଦ୍ଧୃତି ଚିହ୍ନଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସୀମିତ ରହିଥାଏ।)
Example : “I can’t help you.”

(d) The Reported speech may contain all types of sentences. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ବାକ୍ୟ ଧାରଣ
କରିପାରେ ।)
(i) Assertive or Declarative Sentence (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(ii) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iii) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(iv) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଆଶିଷ ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(v) Optative Sentence (କାମନା ସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

⇒ Some Facts About the Indirect Speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ କେତେକ ତଥ୍ୟ):
(a) Inverted commas (“___”) are removed (ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ) in the Indirect Speech.
(b) The comma that separates the Reporting verb from the Reported speech is also removed.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ Reporting verb ଦ୍ଵାରା ଅଲଗା କରୁଥିବା Comma (,) କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ।)
(c) A conjunction (ଅବ୍ୟୟ ପଦ) is used after the Reporting verb:
For example : that, if / whether, wh-words etc.)
(d) The Interrogative and the Exclamatory moods are changed into the Assertive moods.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ଭାବ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ବା ଭାବରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
(e) The words showing nearness are changed into the words showing distance:
(ନିକଟତା ଆଦି ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥୁବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୂରତା ସୂଚିତକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

(A) Change of Tense and Verbs :

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Present Simple – changes into Present Past Simple
Progressive / Continuous Past Progressive / Continuous
Present Perfect Past Perfect
Present Perfect Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Simple Past Perfect
Past Progressive / Continuous Past Perfect Progressive / Continuous
Past Perfect No change
Past Perfect Continuous No change

(B) Verbs-Change at a glance:

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
is / am was
are were
has / have had
was / were had been
shall should /would
may might
can could

(C) Change of words Denoting “Nearness” (ନିକଟତା (ସମୟ / ସ୍ଥାନ)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Now Then
This That
These Those
Here There
Hither Thither
Hence Thence
Thus So
Ago Before
Today That day
Tonight That night
Tomorrow The next day
Yesterday The previous day / The day after
Tomorrow The next day / The following day
Just Then
Come Go
Next week The following week
Next month/year The following month/year

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

‘Indirect Speech’ in which tensed verbs remain unchanged [ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତି ଯେଉଁଥିରେ tensed verb ର ଆଦୌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ]

⇒ Rule 1
If the reporting verb in the Direct Speech is in present simple [say / says] or shall/will + Main Verb [ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଭକ୍ତିରେ Reporting verbs present simple ବା shall/will + Main Verb ରେଥିଲେ ]
Examples :
(i) He will say, “I can’t play today’s match.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
He will say (that) he can’t play that day’s match. (Indirect Speech)

(ii) Father says, “I am very sorry for delay. ((ବିଳମ୍ବ)” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Father says (that) he is very sorry for delay. (Indirect Speech)

(iii) Mita says, “Naba sir hasn’t come to our house today.” (Direct Speech)
Reporting Verb
Mita says (that) Naba sir hasn’t come to their house that day.(Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech expresses a universal truth or a habitual action or a scientific truth.
(ଯଦି Direct Speech ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟତାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ)
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.”(Universal truth)
Indirect Speech: He said (that) Puri is famous for Lord Jagannath.

(ii) Direct Speech The history teacher said, “India got freedom in 1947.” (Historical truth)
Indirect Speech: The history teacher said (that) India got freedom in 1947.

(iii) Direct Speech: The science teacher said, “Iron expands as temperature rises.” (Scientific truth)
Indirect Speech: The science teacher said (that) Iron expands as temperature rises.

(iv) Direct Speech : Bikram said, “I always keep my words.” (Habitual action)
Indirect Speech: Bikram said (that) he always keeps his own words. (n’t ‘kept’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech contains ‘If-clause (ଯଦି D.S. ‘IF’ clause ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ]
Examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said. “If I were Neil Armstrong, I would land on the moon.”
Indirect Speech : He said if he were Neil Armstrong, he would land on the moon.

(ii) Direct Speech : The boy said, “If I were the President of India !”
Indirect Speech : The boy said if he were the President of India.

⇒ Rule 4
For two simultaneous actions in the past. [ଅତୀତରେ ସମାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପାଖାପାଖୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The newspaper reported, “The police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.” (Narrative report)
Indirect Speech : The newspaper reported (that) the police surrounded the village, arrested the criminal and threw him in the lock-up.

(ii) Direct Speech : Reeta told me, “Mita had already gone whenI phoned her this morning.”
Indirect Speech: Reeta told me (that) Mita had already gone when she phoned her that morning.

Indirect Speech in which tensed verb are changed
[ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tensed verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ]
N.B.
If the reporting verb is in the past simple tense like (said/told/enquired/asked/reported etc.) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ର Reporting Verb ‘Past Simple Tense’ ରେ ଥାଏ; ଯଥା – said/told/asked etc.]

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒Rule 1
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Declarative Sentence pattern (begins with Subject) [ଯଦି Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ (Subject ବା କର୍ଲାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭହୋଇଥାଏ) ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : Kasim said, “I am going to America next year.” (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Kasim said (that) he was going to America the following year.

(ii) Direct Speech : Mohit said to father, “I came to you last night but you weren’t at home. (Sub = I)
Indirect Speech : Mohit told father (that) he had came to him the previous night but he (father) hadn’t been at home.

(iii) Direct Speech : The gentleman said, “The rate of vegetables may go up further.” (Sub = the rate of vegetables)
Indirect Speech : The gentleman said(that) the rate of vegetables might go up still further.

⇒ Rule 2
If the Direct Speech is said to be in Exclamatory sentence pattern beginning with ‘How / What’. [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ଏବଂ / How ବା What ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “What a long beard!”
Indirect Speech : He said (that) the beard was very long. (Omit ‘what’)

(ii) Direct Speech : Amit said, “How beautiful his building looks!”
Indirect Speech : Amit said (that) that the building was very beautiful. (Omit ‘how’)

⇒ Rule 3
If the Direct Speech is said to be in ‘Yes-No’ interrogative/question pattern beginning with helping verbs, the Indirect Speech has If + Sub + Verb + ……… [ଯଦି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି ‘Yes – No’ question ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥବ, Indirect Speech ରେ asked (object) If+Subject + Verb +…. ରହିବ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : The teacher said to Sthitipragyan, “Is this your problem in mathematics?” (Is – helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked Sthitipragyan if this was her problem in mathematics.

(ii) Direct Speech : The dealer said to the gentleman, “Shall I help you, sir?” (Shall = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The dealer asked the gentleman if he should help him.

(iii) Direct Speech : I said to the postman, “Have you brought any letter for mother?” (Have = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : I asked the postman if he had brought any letter for mother.

(iv) Direct Speech : The nurse said to the doctor, “Did you need my services in the Operation Theatre ?” (Did = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : The nurse asked/enquired of the doctor if he had needed his services in the Operation Theater.

(v) Direct Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife, “Do you want to have this necklace ?” (Do = helping verb)
Indirect Speech : Mr Singh asked his wife if she wanted to have that necklace.

⇒ Rule 4
If the Direct Speech is said to be Wh-interrogative / question pattern, the Indirect Speech will have asked + (Object) Wh-question + Subject + Verb …. [ଯଦି Direct Speech ରେ Wh-interrogative question pattern ବା ଆକାରରେ ଥାଏ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ asked + (object) Wh-word + Subject + Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) Direct Speech : I asked the stranger, “What is your name ?” (Wh-word=what)
Indirect Speech : I asked the stranger what his name was.

(ii) Direct Speech : The teacher said, “Where was Napoleon born?” (Wh-word = where)
Indirect Speech : The teacher asked where Napoleon was born (n’t ‘had born’)

(iii) Direct Speech : Chikul said to his teacher, “How can I work out these tough (difficult) sum?” (Wh-word = how)
Indirect Speech : Chikul asked his teacher how he could work out those tough sums.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

⇒ Rule 5
If the Direct Speech is in the Imperative pattern(expressing order, advice, request, suggestion, warning etc.), the Indirect Speech will have asked/advised/requested/warned/suggested + to + Main Verb etc. [Direct Speech ରେ ଆଦେଶ/ଉପଦେଶାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟର pattern ଥାଏ, ତା’ହେଲେ Indirect Speech ରେ ordered/asked (ଆଦେଶ) / advised (ଉପଦେଶ)/ requested (ଅନୁରୋଧ) । warned (ସତର୍କ/ସାବଧାନ)/ suggested (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ) + to + Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
(i) Direct Speech : “Open your mouth”, asked the dentist (ଦନ୍ତ ଚିକିତ୍ସକ) to the patient.
Indirect Speech : The dentist asked the patient to open (to + Main Verb) his mouth.

(ii) Direct Speech : “Speak English most of the time,” said the teacher to Rahim.
Indirect Speech : The teacher advised Rahim to speak (to + Main Verb) English most of the time.

(iii) Direct Speech : Rani said to Arun, “Please lend me your dictionary.” (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
Indirect Speech : Rani requested Arun to lend (to + Main Verb) her his (Arun’s) dictionary.

(iv) Direct Speech: “Have your lunch early”, Pratik said to his father. (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା)
Indirect Speech : Pratik reminded (ମନେପକାଇଦେବା) his father to have (to + Main Verb) his lunch early.

(v) Direct Speech: “Hurry up or I’ll miss the train,” he asked his servant. (ସତର୍କ)
Indirect Speech : He warned his servant to hurry up (to + Main Verb) or he would miss the train.

(vi) Direct Speech : “March on,” said the captain to the players. (ଆଦେଶ)
Indirect Speech : The captain asked/commanded the players to march on. (to+MainVerb)

(vii) Direct Speech : He said, “Let’s stop here and rest for a while.” (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ)
Indirect Speech : He suggested stopping (n’t ‘to stop’) there and resting for a while.

Optative Sentence (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛାମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
1. “Said to” is changed into wished’ (In the case of Good morning, Good noon, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.)
2. “Said to” is changed into ‘bade’. (In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.)
3. No conjunction is used in place of the “inverted commas”.
4. If the sentence has some desire (starts with ‘would that ! “O that!’ ‘If !’ etc), ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
5. If the sentence expresses some ‘wish’ or ‘prayer’ (starts with May …….. !’ or May God….! ‘said to’ is changed into ‘wished’ or ‘prayed’.

Now Consider the following examples.
1. He said to me, “Good morning”! (Direct)
He wished me good morning. (Indirect)

2. He said, “Goodbye friends !” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

3. The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress”. (Direct)
The young man wished that he could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

4. He said, “O for a drop of water !” (Direct)
He wished for a drop of water. (Indirect)

5. The old woman said to her son, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The old woman wished that her son might live long. (Indirect)

6. She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!”
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

7. I said, “May you succeed in every field” ! (Direct)
I wished that he might succeed in every field. (Indirect)

8. I said, “May your father soon recover!” (Direct)
I wisher (or prayed) that his father might soon recover.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Imperative Sentence with ‘Let’
1. The officer said to the peon, “Let the visitor come in”. (Direct)
The officer ordered the peon to let the visitor come in.
Or, The officer ordered the peon that the visitor should be allowed to come in.

2. Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work. (Direct)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

3. The dying soldier said, “Let me have a look at the battlefield”. (Direct)
The dying soldier wished to have a look at the battlefield. (Indirect).

4. John said to Dipu, “Let us go out for a walk”. (Direct)
John proposed to Dipu that they should go out for a walk. (Indirect)

5. I said, “Let him try ever so hard, he will not succeed”. (Direct)
I said that however he might try he wouldn’t succeed. (Indirect)

6. I said, “Let him have his own way.” (ତାହାର ଯାହାଇଚ୍ଛା, ସେ କରୁ) (Direct)
I suggested that he should be allowed to have his own way. (Indirect)

Important Note :
If ‘this’, ‘these’ and ‘here’ refer to a person or thing present before the speaker, they will not undergo any change in the indirect speech.

* Mark the following examples :
1. Radha said, “This is my pen.” (Direct)
Radha said that this was her pen. (Indirect)

2. I said, “Here is the book I wanted”. (Direct)
I said that here was the book I wanted.

Changing Dialogue into Reporting :
Wolf (ଗଧୂଆ) : Why do you make the water dirty?
Lamb (ମେଣ୍ଢାଛୁଆ) : How can I make the water dirty. Sir, when it is flowing down from you to me?
Wolf : Then you must have spoiled it last year.
Lamb : I’m only three months old, sir.
Wolf : Then your father must have spoiled the water last year, I will, therefore, kill you.
Answer:
The wolf asked the lamb why he made the water dirty. The lamb respectfully (for Sir) replied how could he make the water dirty when it was flowing down from him (wolf) to him (lamb). The wolf told the lamb that then he must have spoiled at the previous year. The lamb replied that he was only three months old. At this the wolf asserted I (told confidently) that his father (lamb’s father) must have spoiled the water the previous year. He (wolf) would therefore kill him (the lamb).

Activity – 1

A nationally famous magician has arrived in your city and has presented his performance. His magic show has proved to be amazingly popular. Different local newspapers have given their comments on his performance as follows:
“The show is brilliant,” the Samaj.
“It made me jump up in delight,” the reporters from the Sambad.
“We can’t have a better show,” the Dharitri.
“You’ll love it,” the Dinalipi.
“You shouldn’t miss it”, the Prajatantra.
“His performance is outstanding,” the Matrubhasa.

Now put their comments in reported speech :
1. The Samaj reported that the show was brilliant.
2. The reporters from the Sambad said that it made him jump up in delight.
3. The Dharitri reported that they couldn’t have a better show.
4. The Dinalipi told the readers they would love it.
5. The Prajatantra urged the readers not to miss it.
6. The Matrubhasa commented that his (magician’s) performance was outstanding.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 2 :

Last Sunday you met your cousin (FFU) Makhan in the morning. Hereunder are some of the things he said to you.
Report the conversation to your mother the next day using indirect speech:

1. “I’d like to go to a good college, but my parents can’t afford to pay the fees”.
Answer:
I told mother that he (Makhan) would like to go to a good college, but his parents couldn’t afford to pay the fees.

2. “I’m living with a friend and working part-time”.
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he was living with a friend and working part time.

3. “I’m enjoying my work.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan told me that he (Makhan) was enjoying his work.

4. “My friend has got a scholarship for his higher studies.”
Answer:
(To mother) Makhan (he) told me that his friend had got a scholarship for his higher studies.

5. “I’ll tell my mother about our meeting”.
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) would tell his mother about their meeting.

6. “I want to have my lunch with you.”
Answer:
(To mother) He (Makhan) offered to have lunch with me.

Activity – 3

Rewrite the following statements in Indirect Speech :
1. Rakhal said, “I shall never forget my childhood days.”
Answer:
Rakhal said that he would never forget his childhood days.

2. The children said, “We play football everyday.”
Answer:
The children said that they play football everyday. (habitual action)

3. The man said, “The house is on fire.”
Answer:
The man said that the house was on fire.

4. She says, “I don’t like sweets.”
Answer:
She says that she doesn’t like sweets. (repoting verb ‘says’ in simple present tense)

5. The guide said, “Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath.”
Answer:
The guide said that Puri is famous for the temple of Lord Jagannath. (general truth)

6. The teacher said, “The earth moves round the sun.”
Answer:
The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun. (general truth)

7. Father said, “Spring comes after winter.”
Answer:
Father said that spring comes after winter. (general fact)

8. He has said, “My son is going to hospital for treatment.”
Answer:
He has said that his son is going to hospital for treatment.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 4

Rewrite the following in indirect speech :
(i) Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born.”
Answer:
Rabi told me that he knew where I was born.

(ii) Father said, “Morning is at six today”.
Answer:
Father said that morning is at six today. (no change since father speaks in the morning)

(iii) She said, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need.”
Answer:
She said that she would help me in the hour of my need.
Or, She assured to help me in the hour of my need.

(iv) He said, “I collected these pebbles at the seashore.”
Answer:
He said that he had collected these pebbles (ଗୋଡ଼ି) at the seashore.

(v) I said to him, “You didn’t keep fit last year.
Answer:
I told him that he hadn’t kept fit the previous year.

(vi) The teacher said to me, “You must work hard for your examination.”
Answer:
The teacher advised me to work hard for my examination.

(vii) The doctor said to me, “You mustn’t smoke.”
Answer:
The doctor forbade me to smoke.

(viii) Sushil said, “We celebrate our Republic Day on 26th January every year.
Answer:
Sushil said that they celebrate their Republic Day on 26th January every year.

(ix) He said, “I was playing the violin every morning last year.
Answer:
He said that he was playing the violin every morning the previous year.

(x) He said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
He said these (not ‘those’) are his toys.

Activity – 5

The wedding of your sister has just been over. Your friend Mahesh asks you a lot of questions about the bridegroom. Now report, in indirect speech, the questions Mahesh asked you.
(i) What is the name of your sister’s husband?
(ii) What is he doing?
(iii) Where is he posted at present?
(iv) Has he ever been abroad?
(v) How long did he stay there ?
(vi) Has he ever gone to Australia ?
(vii) What salary does he get?
(viii) Will his salary increase next year?
Answers
Mahesh asked me :
(i) what the name of my sister’s husband was.
(ii) what he was doing.
(iii) where he was posted at present.
(iv) if he had ever been abroad.
(v) how long he had stayed there.
(vi) if he had ever gone to Australia.
(vii) what salary he got.
(viii) if his salary

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Activity – 6

Suppose your father is a retired headmaster of a high school. The Director, Doordarshan Centre, Bhubaneswar, invited him on the Teacher’s Day to give a message to the students. The Programme Assistant asked him the following questions. Report them in indirect speech:
(i) Why is this day observed in the whole of India?
Answer:
Why this day is observed in the whole of India.

(ii) What difference do you mark between the education imparted now and that which was imparted at your time?
Answer:
What difference he marked between the education imparted then and the education imparted (given) at his time.

(iii) What is your impression on the teachers working at present and those who were working at your time?
Answer:
What his impression (idea) on the teachers working at present and those working at his time was.

(iv) Do you think that the system of education has improved a lot?
Answer:
If he thought that the system of education had improved a lot.

(v) Haven’t the students become more knowledgeable than before?
Answer:
If the students hadn’t become more knowledgeable than before.

(vi) Has their conduct changed for the better?
Answer:
If their conduct had changed for the better.

(vii) Will they grow into good citizens of our country?
Answer:
If they would grow into good citizens of their country.

(viii) What message do you have for the students of our counry?
Answer:
What message (ବାର୍ତ୍ତା) he did have for the students of the country.

Activity – 7

Turn into indirect speech :
(i) “Consult a doctor immediately,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me to consult (ଦେଖା କରିବାପାଇଁ) a doctor immediately.

(ii) “Hurry up, or you will miss the train,” he said to me.
Answer:
He asked me to hurry up or I would miss the train.

(iii) “Don’t get addicted to tea,” he said to me.
Answer:
He advised me not to get addicted to tea.

(iv) “Your mouth smells foul. Don’t open it,” he said.
Answer:
He said that my mouth smells foul (ଗନ୍ଧ କରୁଛି). So he asked me not to open it.

(v) The captain said, “Hurrah! We have scored two goals !”
Answer:
The captain applauded saying that they had scored tow goals.

(vi) The General said, “Bravo! You have done wonders !”
Answer:
The General admired me and told that I had done wonders.

(vii) The teacher said to Nirmal, “What a lazy boy you are!”
Answer:
The teacher told Nirmal that he was a very lazy boy.

(viii) My friend said to me, “How nice of you to have come !”
Answer:
My friend exclaimed in joy that it was nice of me to have come.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ix) The traveller said, “Farewell, friends.”
Answer:
The travellers bade his friends goodbye.

(x) The beggar, “Oh, for a morsel of food!”
Answer:
The beggar wished for a morsel of food.

(xi) “If only I had the wings of a dove !” he said.
Answer:
He wished that if only he had the wings of a dove.

Activity – 8

“Are you leaving today?” Maggie asked, “Yes”, I replied, “Today is the day of my departure.”
“How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live?” She wanted to know. I replied, “Punjab, in the west.”
“Please, put a flower on my brother’s grave, “She requested me with tears in her eyes.
Answer:
Maggie asked (me) if he was leaving that day. At this I replied that today was the day of my departure. Then she (Maggie) asked me how long it would take me to reach my country and in which part of the country I lived. I replied that I live (d) in the western Punjab. Maggie, with tears in her hands, requested me to put a flower on her brother’s grave.

At A Glance :
The following types of sentences can be changed from the Direct into Indirect form of Naration :
(a) Assertive Sentence (ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବା ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(b) Interrogative Sentence (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(c) Imperative Sentence (ଆଦେଶ, ଉପଦେଶ, ଅନୁରୋଧସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(d) Optative Sentence (ଆଶିଷ ବା କାମନାସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
(e) Exclamatory Sentence (ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)

(A) Assertive Delcrative Sentence.
⇒ Rule 1:
If the Reporting Verb is in the Present Simple or will / shall + main verb, the tense of the verb in the reported speech will remain unchanged. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Present Simple (say / says) ବା will / shall + main verb (will / shall say) ରୂପରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ tense verb ର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ / ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Mark the following examples with the underlined Reporting Verbs:
I. She says, “My father is a doctor.” (Direct Speech)
She says that (ଯେ) her father is a doctor. (Indirect Speech)
Here the Reporting Verb ‘says’ remains unchanged.
So the tensed verb ‘is’ remains unchanged, ‘my’ is changed into ‘her’, ‘that’ as a conjunction (ଏକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ରୂପେ) is usually used.

II. Meera will say, “My father has gone to Mumbai.” (Direct Speech)
Meera will say that her father has gone to Mumbai. (Indirect Speech)

⇒ Rule 2 :
If the Reporting Verb is in the Past Simple tense (said or told etc.), the tensed verbs in the Reported Speech are changed in the corresponding Past tense.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ Reporting Verb Past Simple tense ରେ ଥିଲେ, tensed verb ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ Past tense ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ।)

Mark the underlined changed words:
(i) Gopal said, “I am very hungry.” (Direct)
Gopal said that he was very hungry. (Indirect)

(ii) You said, “He was a philosopher.” (ଦାର୍ଶନିକ) (Direct)
You said that he had been a philosopher. (Indirect)

(iii) Rahul said, “I may win a prize in this competition today.” (Direct)
Rahul said that he might win a prize in that competition that day. (Indirect)

(iv) Mr Mishra said, “I was listening to the radio commentary. (Direct Past Progressive)
Mr Mishra said that he had been listening to the radio commentary. (Indirect) (Past Perfect Progressive)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

A very important information:
If in a Direct Speech, the Reporting Verb ‘said to’ and it is followed by on object, then ‘said to’ changed into ‘told’ while changing it into an Indirect Speech. (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିର Reporting Verb ‘said to’ (with object ବା କର୍ମ) ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଭକ୍ତିରେ told କୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ।)

Mark the following examples :
(v) He said to me, “I am not going to Kolkata.” (Direct)
He told me that he was not going to Kolkata. (Indirect)

(vi) Sheela said to her mother, “I have finished my work.” (Direct)
Sheela told her mother that she had finished her work. (Indirect)

Please keep in mind :
This is not necessary that ‘said to’ should be changed into ‘told’ in every sentence. ‘Said to’ can be changed into ‘replied’, stated, informed, remarked, complained, added, asserted, assured, pleaded, reported, reminded, complained, etc. depending on the nature of the sentence.

(Direct Speech ବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିର ଅର୍ଥାନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ କରାଯାଏ।)

Direct Speech Indirect Speech
(Reporting verbs)
said to _______________ replied (ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲା / ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ)
said to _______________ stated (ଦର୍ଶାଇଲା / ଦର୍ଶାଇଲେ)
said to _______________ informed (ସୂଚନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ remarked (ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ added (ପୁନଶ୍ଚ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ asserted (ଦୃଢ଼ତାର ସହିତ କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ assured (ଆଶ୍ଵାସନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)
said to _______________ pleaded (ଅନୁନୟ କରି କହିଲା / କହିଲେ)
said to _______________ reported (ଖବର ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ reminded (ମନେପକାଇ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
said to _______________ complained (ଅଭିଯୋଗ କର କହିଲେ / କହିଲା)

(vii) I said to my neighboiur, “Your children have spoiled my garden.” (Direct)
I complained to my neighbour that his children had spoiled my garden. (Indirect)

(viii) The culprit (ଦୋଷୀ) said, “I am innocent (ନିଦୋଷ). (Direct)
The culprit pleaded that he was innocent. (Indirect)

(ix) Mother said to father, “Remember to bring my umbrella.” (Direct)
Mother reminded father to bring her umbrella. (Indirect)

(x) My friend Suresh said to me, “I will help you.” (Direct)
My friend Suresh assured me of his help. (Indirect)

(xi) I said to my enemy, “I will throw you into the lock-up (jail).” (Direct)
I threatened (ଧମକାଇ କହିଲି) my enemy to throw him into the lock-up. (Indirect)

Exception to the Rule (ନିୟମର ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ) :
If the Reported Speech has some universal truth, scientific fact, proverbial truth, past historical fact or some habitual truth, the tense will not change according to the past tense of the reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତିରେ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସତ୍ୟ, ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକ ସତ୍ୟ, ଲୋକବାଣୀ, ଅତୀତର ଐତିହାସିକ ସତ୍ୟ ବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ ସତ୍ୟ ଆଦି ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଥଲେ, ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Study the following examples carefully:
(i) The teacher said, “The earth is round.” (Direct / Universal truth)
The teacher said that the earth is round. (Indirect)

(ii) Newton said, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” (Direct / Scientific fact)
Newton said that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. (Indirect)

(iii) My father said, “Honesty is the best policy.” (Direct / Proverbial truth)
My father said that honesty is the best policy. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(iv) I said, “India became free in 1947.” (Direct/Historical truth)
I said that India became free in 1947. (Indirect)

(v) Father said, “I am an early riser.” (Direct / Habitual truth)
Father said that he is an early riser. (Indirect)

If the Reported Speech has two actions in the Past Continuous or Progressive tense, its tense will not change according to the Past Simple tense of the Reporting verb.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଦୁଇଟି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ Past continuous ବା Progressive tense ରେ ଥିଲେ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଏହି tense ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

He said, “The speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.” (Direct)
He said that the speaker was speaking and the audience were cheering.

Change of Tense in Sentences having “Must” and “Needn’t”.
During a conversation (କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ସମୟରେ) “Must” expresses some “necessity” or “compulsion” (ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କିମ୍ବା। ବାଧ୍ୟକତା) in the present tense. In this sense (ଏହି ଅର୍ଥରେ), it is used in place of “have to”. “Needn’t” is also used in the same tense.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must go now”. (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : He said that he had to go then. (Changed into past tense)

(ii) Direct Speech : The girl said, “I needn’t go.” (Present tense)
Indirect Speech : The girl said that she didn’t have to go.

“Must” sometimes expresses (ସୂଚିତ କରେ) “Necessity” or “Compulsion” in the future tense. In this sense it is used in place of “shall have to”.

Mark the following examples :
(i) Direct Speech : He said, “I must leave for Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he would have to leave for Puri the following week.

(ii) Direct Speech : He said, “I needn’t go to Puri next week.”
Indirect Speech : He said that he wouldn’t have to go to Puri the following week.

“Must” sometimes expresses “permanent prohibition” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିଷେଧ) or “Permanent Ruling” (ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ନିୟମ).

Examples
(i) Direct Speech : The policeman said to us, “You mustn’t cross the road against the red-light.”
Indirect Speech : The policeman told us that we mustn’t cross the road against the red light.

(B) Interrogative Sentence:
For change from Direct to Indirect in the case of Interrogative sentence, follow the following procedure.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନଳିଖୁତ ନିୟମଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କର।)

Yes-No question Wh-question
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ ‘said to’ କୁ asked ବା enquired (ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ / ଚାହିଁଲି ଆଦିରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ।)
‘said to’ is changed into asked or enquired depending on the nature or mood of the sentences.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ଭାବନା ଅନୁସାରେ said to କୁ asked ବା enquired ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ କରାଯାଏ ।)
(i) Auxiliary verbs beginning with is, am, are, was, were, do does, did, have, had, has, may, might, can, could, shall, would, etc (i) Questions words beginning with who, whose, whom, when, where, how etc. are retained with wh-words + subject + verbs(s) (wh-words + + କର୍ତ୍ତା + କ୍ରିୟାପଦରୁ ରହିଥାଏ।)

Study the following examples :
(i) Father said to me, “Have you done your home work ? (Direct Speech / Yes – No) (Have – auxiliary question verb)
Answer:
Father asked me if I had done my homework, (if + subject (I) + had done (verbs) + … )

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(ii) Father said to me, “How have you done your homework ?” (Direct Speech / wh-question, How-wh-word)
Answer:
Father asked me how I had done my homework.

Yes-No question Wh-question
(i) The girl said to me, “Does Das Sir teach you English.” (Does – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me if Das Sir taught me English (Indirect)
(i) The girl said to me, “Who teaches you English?” (Who-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The girl asked me who taught me English (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “Shall I open the window ?” (Shall – auxiliary verb) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked if he should open the window. (Indirect)
(ii) He said, “When shall I opwn the window ?” (Wh-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
He asked when he should open the window. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “Did you take my class yesterday?” (Did – auxiliary verb)(Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita if she had liked has class the day before. (Indirect)
(iii) The teacher said to Sangita, “How did you like my class yesterday?” (How-wh-word) (Direct)
Answer:
The teacher asked Sangita how she had liked his class the day before. (Indirect)

(C) Imperative Sentence:
In the imperative sentences, as the sense of Order, Command, Advice, Request, Warning, Suggestion etc. are conveyed, said to is changed into different verb forms depending on the nature of the sentences.

Direct Speech for Indirect Speech
‘said to’ order
command (ଆଦେଶ)
ordered / commanded ..
‘said to’ advice (ଉପଦେଶ) advised …
‘said to’ warning (ସତର୍କ) warned …
‘said to’ request (ଅନୁରୋଧ)
(please)
reqiested …
‘said to’ (forbid) (ବାରଣ) forbade …
main verb _____________ to + main verb …
Don’t + main verb _____________ not to + main verb …

If the imperative sentence starts with ‘Let’ and expresses some proposal or suggestion, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘proposed to’ or suggested to and ‘that …. should’ be used in place of ‘that’.

But, if the ‘Let’ convey (ସୂଚିତ କରାଏ) the sense (ଅର୍ଥ) or ‘allow’ or ‘persuade’, ‘said to’ is changed into ‘ordered’ or requested.

Now consider the following examples :
(i) The master said to the servant, “Post the letter at once.” (Direct/Order)
The master ordered (ଆଦେଶ ଦେଲେ) the servant to post (to + main verb) the letter at once. (Indirect).

(ii) Father said to me, “Work hard for your examination”. (Direct / Advice)
Father advised me to work hard for my examination. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, :Attack the enemy post at once”. (Direct/Command)
The commander commanded the soldiers to attack the enemy post at once. (Indirect)

(iv) Father said to me, “Beware (ସତର୍କ ରହ) of fairweather (ସ୍ୱାର୍ଥପର) friends”. (Direct/ warning)
Father warned me to beware of fairweather friends. (Indirect)

(v) The girl said to the class teacher, “Please grant me a day’s leave”. (Indirect / Request)
The girl requested the class teacher to grant her a day’s leave. (Indirect)

(vi) I said to my brother, “Let’s open a shop”. (Direct / Suggestion)
I suggested (or proposed) my brother that we should open shop. (Indirect)

But
⇒ The headmaster said to the peon, “Let the boy come in”. (ବାଳକକୁ ଭିତରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ।) (Direct / Order)
The headmaster ordered the peon that the boy might be allowed to come in. (Indirect)

⇒ Mohan said to his father, “Let me finish my work”. (Direct / Request)
Mohan requested his father to let him finish his work. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

(D) Exclamatory Sentence
When a sentence expresses a sudden feeling of joy, sorrow, surprise or admiration etc., it is said to be exclamatory sentence, (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ହଠାତ୍ ଆନନ୍ଦ, ଦୁଃଖ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ପ୍ରଶଂସା ଆଦିର ଆଦେଶ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ‘ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ’ କୁହାଯାଏ।)

1. Now Look at the following chart:

The words of Exclamation Gives the sense of ‘said to’ should be changed into
(ବିସ୍ମୟାଦି ଶବ୍ଦବିଶେଷ)
Alas ! (ଆହାଃ)
(ଅର୍ଥ ସୂଚିତ କରିଥାଏ)
sorrow (ଦୁଃଖ)
 

exclaimed (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଗଲେ / ଗଲା)
with sorrow

Hurrah ! (ହୁରେ…) joy (ଆନନ୍ଦ) exclaimed with joy
Sorry ! (ଦୁଃଖତ) Regret (ଅନୁତାପଜନିତ ଦୁଃଖ) exclaimed with regret
Bravo ! (ସାବାସ୍) Applaud (ପ୍ରଶଂସା) applauded (ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରି କହିଲେ)

2. ‘What’ or ‘How’ changes into ‘Very’ or ‘Great’.
3. The Inverted commas are replaced by ‘that’.

⇒ Study the following examples :
(i) They said, “Hurrah! We have won the match”. (Direct)
They exclaimed with joy that they had won the match. (Indirect)

(ii) The old miser said, “Alas ! I am undone !” (ମୋର ସର୍ବନାଶ ହୋଇଗଲା !)
The old man exclaimed with sorrow that he was undone. (Indirect)

(iii) The commander said to the soldiers, “Bravo ! You fought bravely. (Direct)
The commander applauded the soldiers saying that they had fought bravely. (Indirect)

(iv) I said to him, “What a fool you are !” (Direct)
I exclaimed that he was a great fool. (Indirect)

(v) She said, “How lovely the child is !” (Direct)
She said that the child was very lovely. (Indirect)

(E) OPERATIVE TYPE Follow the following rules :
1. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘wished’.
[In the case of Good morning, Good noonm, Good afternoon, Good evening etc.]

2. ‘Said to’ is changed into ‘bade’ (ବିଦାୟ ଦେଲେ / ଦେଲା)
[In the case of Good night, Goodbye, Farewell etc.]

3. If the sentence conveys (ଜଣାଏ) some desire (କାମନା) (i.e. ‘would that’ / ‘O that!’, ‘If!’ etc.) ‘said to’ is changed into wished or prayed.

See the following examples :
(i) Rama said to me, “Good morning! (Direct)
Rama wished me good morning. (Indirect)

(ii) He said, “Goodbye, friends!” (Direct)
He bade his friends goodbye. (Indirect)

(iii) The young man said, “If I could marry a film actress !” (Direct)
The young man wished that the could marry a film actress. (Indirect)

(iv) The drunkard (ମଦୁଆ) said, “O for a drop of wine !” (Direct)
The drunkard wished for a drop of wine. (Indirect)

(v) The saint (ଋଷି) said to the girl, “May you live long !” (Direct)
The saint wished that she might live long. (Indirect)

(vi) She said to me, “May God bless you with a son!” (Direct)
She prayed that God might bless me with a son. (Indirect)

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

Direct and Indirect Speech Additional Questions With Answers

Complete the sentences.

1. The teacher said that _________.
Answer:
the earth goes round the sun.

2. He asked me _________.
Answer:
where I lived.

3. She asked her mother _________.
Answer:
how she felt.

4. Galileo proved that _________.
Answer:
the sun is stationary.

5. Newton opined that _________.
Answer:
every action has equal and opposite reaction.

6. The commander commanded the soldiers _________.
Answer:
to march ahead.

7. Minu requested her friend _________.
Answer:
to give her a pen.

8. Mother reminded father _________.
Answer:
to take his medicine in time.

9. Mother warned the child _________.
Answer:
not to play with fire.

10. My friend wished me _________.
Answer:
good luck.

Rewrite the sentences in Indirect Speech.

1. My father said “ I go for a morning walk everyday”.
Answer:
My father said that he goes for a morning walk everyday.

2. The teacher said, “Oil floats on water”.
Answer:
The teacher said that oil floats on water.

3. He said, “ Marconi invented radio”.
Answer:
He said that Marconi invented radio.

4. Rabi said to me, “I know where you were born”.
Answer:
Rabi said to me that he knew where I was born.

5. She said, “These are my toys”.
Answer:
She said that those were her toys.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

6. He said, “I collected the pebbles at the seashore”.
Answer:
He said that he had collected the pebbles at the seashore.

7. She said to me, “I’ll help you in the hour of your need”.
Answer:
She told me that she would help me in the hour of my need.

8. I thought, “There must be some mistake”.
Answer:
I thought that there must be some mistake.

9. My friend said, “I was playing the piano every morning”.
Answer:
My friend said that he had been playing the piano every morning,

10. She said, “I must go soon”.
Answer:
She said that she would have to go soon.

11. He said, “I bought a pen for my sister”.
Answer:
He said that he had bought a pen for his sister,

12. My friend said to me, “When did you return home ?”
Answer:
My friend asked me when I had returned home.

13. She said, “What happened” ?
Answer:
She asked what had happened.

14. He said, “Who lives next door ?”
Answer:
He asked who lived next door.

15. Rahim said to me, “ Do you know him ?”
Answer:
Rahim asked me if/whether I knew him.

16. Rakesh said, “I must go to the library today”.
Answer:
Rakesh told that he had to go to the library that day.

17. Reshma said, “I shall be sitting here tomorrow.”
Answer:
Reshma said thatshe would be sitting there the next day.

18. He said, “Everybody stood up when the guest arrived”.
Answer:
He said that everybody stood up when the guest arrived.

19. He said, “I bought the house because it was on the main road”.
Answer:
He told that he had bought the house because it was on the main road.

20. She said, “I was reading ten hours a day”.
Answer:
She said that she was/had been reading ten hours a day.

21. He said, “ I had been reading a lot in my teens”.
Answer:
He Said that he had been reading a lot in his teens.

22. “You must eat all the cakes,” mother told us.
Answer:
Mother told us that we had to eat all the cakes.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

23. “He must be ill,” his friend said.
Answer:
His friend said that he must be ill.

24. He said, “Is it raining heavily ?”
Answer:
He asked if it was raining heavily.

25. He said, “Shall I open the window ?”
Answer:
He asked if he would open the window.

26. The teacher said, “Where was Alexander born ?”
Answer:
The teacher asked/wanted to know where Alexander was born.

27. Mother said to father, “Remember to bring your umbrella”.
Answer:
Mother reminded father to bring his umbrella.

28. Mother said to me, “Don’t keep late hours”.
Answer:
Mother advised me not to keep late hours.

29. He said, “Let’s stop here”.
Answer:
He suggested stopping there / He suggested that we should stop there

30. The teacher said, “Don’t move, boys”.
Answer:
The teacher told the boys not to move.

31. Mother said to the child, “ Don’t touch fire”.
Answer:
Mother warned the child not to touch the fire.

32. The commander said to the soldiers, “March on”.
Answer:
The commander commanded/ordered the soldiers to march on.

33. Dhoni said to Kohli, “Congratulations”.
Answer:
Dhoni congratulated Kohli

34. He said, “How foolish you are !”
Answer:
He said that I was very foolish

35. My friend said, “Good morning”.
Answer:
My friend wished me a good moming/my friend greeted me.

36. Babul said to Ashish, “Would you mind helping me ?”
Answer:
Babul requested Ashish to help him.

BSE Odisha 10th Class English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Direct and Indirect Speech

37. He said, “Hello! Where do you live?”
Answer:
He greeted me and asked where I lived.

38. The priest said, “May God save the poor”.
Answer:
The priest prayed that God might save the poor

39. He said, “Alas! The poor old man is dead”.
Answer:
He exclaimed in sorrow that the poor old man was dead.

40. He said, “ Good luck”.
Answer:
He wished me good luck.